Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Financial - Mortgages / Encore Capital Group, Inc.

Encore Capital Group, Inc.

ecpg · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker ecpg
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Financial - Mortgages
Employees 7350
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · Encore Capital Group, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2024
Annual Report
ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP
Better Solutions. Better Life.

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP 2024 ANNUAL REPORT
2
Contents
Encore’s Mission, Vision and Values
OUR MISSION 
Creating pathways 
to economic freedom
WE CARE 
We put people first and engage 
with honesty, empathy, and respect
WE FIND A BETTER WAY 
We deliver our best in everything we  
do, find ways to make a positive  
difference, and achieve impactful results
WE ARE INCLUSIVE  
AND COLLABORATIVE 
We embrace our differences and work 
together to ensure every individual  
can thrive
OUR VALUES
OUR VISION 
We help make credit accessible 
by partnering with consumers  
to restore their financial health
Click the home icon to 
return to this Contents page
Encore’s Mission, Vision and Values............................2
Who We Are.................................................................3
Letter to Shareholders..................................................4
Our Proven Three Pillar Strategy.................................8
Our Financial Priorities.................................................9
Financial Highlights....................................................10
Driving Positive Change.............................................11
Our Leadership and Board of Directors.....................12
Investor and Shareholder Services Information.........13
Appendix....................................................................14
Encore Capital Group 2024 Form 10-K......................17
TO LEARN MORE, VISIT: encorecapital.com/mvv/

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP 2024 ANNUAL REPORT
3
Who We Are
$14.5B
Encore enables the functioning of a healthy credit ecosystem
Amount of capital Encore has returned 
to the financial credit ecosystem through 
portfolio purchases since inception
By purchasing non-performing loan (NPL) portfolios, we return capital to banks, enabling further lending and 
thus playing a key role in the consumer credit ecosystem. Our two largest operating units are Midland Credit 
Management (U.S.) and Cabot Credit Management (Europe).
Encore engages with
consumers to resolve their debt
Encore 
purchases
and collects on 
charged-off debt
Debt is 
charged 
off
Issuers sell
charged-off
debt
 
Consumer-
centric  
approach
Proprietary 
advanced 
analytics
Operational 
expertise
Issuers of 
consumer 
debt 
RETURN OF CAPITAL TO CONSUMER CREDIT ECOSYSTEM
RETURN OF CAPITAL TO CONSUMER CREDIT ECOSYSTEM
7,300
global employees 
8
countries where we operate
25+
years in business

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP 2024 ANNUAL REPORT
4
Letter to Shareholders
Dear Fellow Shareholders,
2024 was a year of significant growth for Encore. Our global portfolio  
purchases grew to an all-time high, driven by a second consecutive  
record year of purchasing in the U.S. This higher portfolio purchasing  
in recent years drove a 16% increase in global collections as well as  
a 20% increase in cash generation compared to 2023.
Encore’s momentum in 2024 was driven by our U.S. business,  
Midland Credit Management (MCM), which continues to deliver strong  
results. Encouraged by an ongoing favorable supply environment,  
MCM has capitalized on the opportunity to purchase record volumes  
of portfolios at attractive returns. 
While our MCM business in the U.S. has been thriving, our Cabot business in Europe also made significant 
progress of its own in 2024, with year-over-year increases in both portfolio purchasing and collections. That being 
said, the headlines for Cabot must include restructuring actions we took in 2024, mostly in the fourth quarter, to 
resolve certain persistent issues and exit underperforming markets. Although these actions negatively impacted 
Encore’s earnings for the fourth quarter and full year 2024, I believe Cabot is now on a more solid footing and 
enters 2025 positioned for a positive and more predictable trajectory going forward.  
During 2024, our commitment to maintaining a strong balance sheet was evident. We proactively managed our 
borrowings and effectively extended their maturities out to 2028 and beyond. At the same time, our leverage ratio 
declined from 2.9x at the end of 2023 to 2.6x at the end of 2024. Importantly, this leverage reduction occurred 
even while we purchased a record level of portfolio during the year and is a testament to our high-performing 
collections operation. With leverage nearing the midpoint of our target leverage range, we expect to resume share 
repurchases in 2025, consistent with our capital allocation priorities. 
As a reminder, our business is to purchase portfolios of non-performing loans at attractive returns while 
minimizing funding costs. For each portfolio that we own, we strive to exceed our collection expectations, while 
both maintaining an efficient cost structure and ensuring the highest level of compliance and consumer focus. 
We achieve these objectives through our three-pillar strategy. This strategy enables us to deliver outstanding 
performance and positions us well to capitalize on future opportunities, which we believe is instrumental for 
building long-term shareholder value. The Market Focus pillar of our strategy concentrates our efforts on the 
markets where we can achieve the highest risk-adjusted returns.

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP 2024 ANNUAL REPORT
5
Outstanding U.S. Revolving Credit and U.S. Credit Card Charge Off Rate
 
Source: U.S. Federal Reserve, seasonally adjusted
The U.S. Federal Reserve reports that outstanding credit card balances continue to grow on a monthly basis 
driven by strong consumer spending. In addition, delinquencies and charge-offs continue to rise. As a result, the 
supply of charged-off portfolios in the U.S. reached another record level in 2024. In addition, competition levels 
remained stable.  With this attractive supply environment as a tailwind, MCM continues to purchase increasing 
amounts of portfolio and deliver strong results by every measure.
MCM portfolio purchases were a record $1 billion in 2024, up 23% compared to the prior year, at attractive 
returns. MCM collections in 2024 increased 20% compared to the prior year to $1.6 billion. With consumer 
payment behavior remaining stable throughout 2024 and into the new year, we expect MCM collections to 
continue their growth trend in 2025.  In addition, MCM reached another business milestone at the end of 2024 as 
our estimated remaining collections (ERC) in the U.S. now exceeds $5 billion dollars for the first time.
MCM Portfolio Purchases in the U.S. (in $M)
 
$1.38T
+$282B

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP 2024 ANNUAL REPORT
6
In contrast to the U.S., supply in the U.K. has been growing much more slowly. Although credit card outstandings 
continue to increase modestly, banks in the U.K., unlike those in the U.S., have not been meaningfully increasing 
consumer lending and charge-offs remain at low levels. The slow-growing U.K. and European markets have been 
a challenge for all market participants, including Cabot.  
Against this backdrop, 2024 was a year of progress for Cabot, but also a year of significant restructuring to 
resolve certain persistent issues and enable future success. In the fourth quarter, as part of our assessment of 
the collections forecast, we made substantial reductions to our expectations that reduced Cabot’s ERC. We also 
exited the Italian market for non-performing loans (NPLs) in the fourth quarter after having exited the Spanish 
Secured NPL market in the third quarter, which led to the elimination of our ERC in those markets due to the sale 
of associated portfolios. 
In total, changes to our collections forecast and the market exits led to negative changes in expected recoveries 
of $129 million in the fourth quarter. Of this $129 million, approximately two-thirds was related to our business in 
the U.K., while the remainder was fairly evenly split between the rest of our ongoing European business and the 
market exits. After considering the impacts of these restructuring activities and ERC reductions, we incurred a 
$101 million goodwill impairment in the fourth quarter.
Turning to Cabot’s performance in 2024, collections of $588 million increased 8% compared to 2023 in both 
US dollars and on a constant currency basis. Although we continue to be selective with Cabot’s deployments, 
portfolio purchases in 2024 were up 36% to $353 million. Cabot’s annual purchasing growth was primarily 
driven by an exceptional $200-million-dollar fourth quarter that included opportunistic spot-market purchases at 
attractive returns. The U.K. market remains impacted by the subdued consumer lending and low delinquencies I 
mentioned earlier, in addition to continued robust competition. As a result, we do not expect Cabot’s 2024 level of 
purchasing to continue in 2025.
I recognize the news regarding the U.K. and European markets has been tilted toward the negative for some 
time, including the significant impact on earnings from our Q4 actions at Cabot.  However, I would also like to 
underscore the long-term strategic value to Encore of the markets in the U.K., Spain and France.  These markets 
possess attractive characteristics we desire within our Market Focus strategy, including large banks who offer 
a consistent flow of purchasing opportunities with stable, long-term returns. We also look for a high degree of 
sophistication and data availability as well as a strong regulatory framework that creates advantages for firms like 
Encore with sufficient financial and operational capabilities. 
As we reflect on our strategy of investing in opportunities with the highest returns, consistent with our capital 
allocation priorities, I would like to highlight one of Encore’s most important competitive advantages — our global 
funding structure. Implemented in September 2020, this structure leveraged the bond complex and bank facility 
that Cabot had previously implemented. Today this facility provides us tremendous flexibility in allocating capital 
to the countries and markets of our choice. Enabled by this flexibility, 74% of our portfolio purchases in 2024 were 
allocated to the U.S. market, where returns are highest.

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP 2024 ANNUAL REPORT
7
I believe our reported earnings in 2024 were not indicative of the operational performance of our business due 
to certain non-cash charges, the largest of which were the goodwill impairment related to our Cabot business 
and the adjustments to Cabot’s ERC in the fourth quarter which reduced earnings for the year. We believe 
these Cabot ERC adjustments, in addition to other actions taken during the year, position Cabot on a more solid 
footing. As a result, we expect Cabot’s future performance will align closely with its rebased ERC.
To emphasize the fundamental predictability of our business and our positive outlook for 2025, we have chosen 
again to provide guidance on certain key metrics for the new year:
     • We anticipate our global portfolio purchases in 2025 to exceed the $1.35 billion of purchases we made in 2024
     • We expect global collections in 2025 to increase by 11% to $2.4 billion
In alignment with our Mission, Vision, and Values, we are committed to supporting consumers in navigating 
their financial challenges and resolving their debts. As a leading global debt purchasing company, we anticipate 
demand for our services will only increase as credit card balances and charge-offs continue to rise. Equally 
important to investing in portfolios that deliver strong returns, we will continue to invest in our people and culture. 
These investments are the cornerstone of our consumer-centric approach.
Encore remains well-positioned to capitalize on the opportunities within the markets we serve. I am very 
optimistic about our future, particularly given the robust purchasing environment in the U.S., characterized by 
record volumes of portfolios at attractive returns. When comparing us to our U.S. and European peers, Encore 
is the largest debt purchasing firm in the world as measured by publicly reported ERC.  And our MCM business 
continues to be the leading debt buying and collections platform in the world’s largest and most valuable market. 
This market position is the result of our commitment to our three-pillar strategy and our focus on delivering strong 
returns while maintaining our balance sheet strength and allocating capital in alignment with our stated priorities. I 
believe that our long-term focus and disciplined approach will create long-term shareholder value.
Sincerely,
Ashish Masih 
President and Chief Executive Officer, 
Encore Capital Group, Inc.

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP 2024 ANNUAL REPORT
8
Our Proven Three Pillar Strategy
We play a critical role in the consumer credit ecosystem by assisting in the resolution of unpaid debts, which are an 
expected outcome of the lending business model. We look to purchase NPL portfolios at attractive cash returns, using 
the lowest cost funding available to us. For each portfolio, we strive to meet or exceed our collections expectations while 
ensuring the highest levels of compliance and consumer focus, all while maintaining an efficient cost structure. Within 
this consumer credit ecosystem, our business strategy is straightforward: choose valuable markets to operate in, build 
and continuously enhance our competitive advantage in chosen markets and maintain a strong balance sheet.
MARKET FOCUS
We focus on markets with: (1) large, consistent flows of portfolios; (2) strong regulatory frameworks that require 
significant financial and operational capabilities; (3) a high degree of sophistication and data availability; and (4) an 
ability to generate stable, long-term returns. Markets like the United States and the United Kingdom have been our 
core focus and provide the kind of stable, sophisticated operating environments in which Encore can thrive. We would 
highlight that consumer behaviors are somewhat different in these markets, leading to a longer collection cycle in the 
U.K. than in the U.S. As a result, we receive the benefit of faster cash generation in the U.S, but lower reinvestment 
risk in the U.K., helping to diversify our business thanks to our significant presence in these two markets.
Building off our prior investments in other European markets, we have also been scaling up our presence in Spain 
and France. In 2024, we exited the Italian NPL market and the secured segment of the Spanish NPL market. We will 
continue to learn from our R&D investments while we explore opportunities in both our existing and new markets.
COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGE
We have developed competitive advantages that provide the foundation  
for strong, consistent performance:
     • Consumer focused approach that treats people with empathy and  
builds trust-based relationships to help resolve their debt challenges
     • Leverage large sets of data collected from 25+ years of experience  
that underpin our analytical models for pricing and collections strategies 
     • Embed compliance in everything we do to be effective in highly regulated markets
     • Integrated omni-channel capabilities (e.g., call center, web, mobile, email,  
chat) to serve evolving consumer preferences and enhance collections effectiveness 
     • Scale and use of automation to drive collections efficiency
     • Speech analytics technology to enhance collections effectiveness and compliance
BALANCE SHEET STRENGTH
A disciplined approach to managing our balance sheet is the backbone of our resilience and key to maximizing 
shareholder value. Our global funding structure provides us financial flexibility, access to multiple funding markets, 
and a lower cost of funds, all of which will help us capitalize on the opportunities available in 2025 and beyond.
Technology  
Innovation
Scale & 
Efficiency
Consumer 
Focus
Data &  
Analytics
Regulatory 
& 
Compliance 
Excellence
Competitive 
Advantage

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP 2024 ANNUAL REPORT
9
Our Financial Priorities
We remain committed to our financial priorities. We expect to continue to benefit from our strong balance sheet 
as the highly attractive market supply conditions in the U.S. continue into 2025. We made a change to our capital 
allocation priorities in the third quarter of 2024, raising share repurchases above strategic M&A. As we look at 
our markets and ongoing industry challenges, we have not seen opportunities for value-creating strategic M&A. 
As a consequence, we are far more likely to repurchase our own stock than acquire another firm, thus the priority 
change. We will remain good stewards of investor capital and, as always, will maintain our focus on returns in order 
to build long-term shareholder value. 
CAPITAL ALLOCATION PRIORITIES
Portfolio purchases at  
attractive returns
Share repurchases
Strategic M&A
Deliver strong ROIC through the credit cycle
BALANCE SHEET OBJECTIVES
Preserve our financial flexibility
Target leverage between 
2.0x and 3.0x
Maintain a strong BB  
debt rating

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP 2024 ANNUAL REPORT
10
Financial Highlights
GAAP EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
LEVERAGE RATIO6
COLLECTIONS  
(in $B)
GAAP NET INCOME (LOSS)  
(in $M)
RETURN ON INVESTED CAPITAL
Pre-Tax ROIC5
1 Impacted by goodwill impairment of $238M or $10.06/share and impairment of intangible assets of $19M or $0.79/share.
2 Impacted by Cabot negative changes in expected future recoveries of $129 million or $5.40/share, goodwill impairment of $101 million or $4.21/share, Cabot IT-
related asset impairment of $19 million or $0.78/share, loss on extinguishment of debt of $8 million or $0.28/share and Cabot restructuring charges of $6 million or 
$0.25/share, all in the quarter ending December 31, 2024.  
3 Cash generation defined as Adjusted EBITDA + collections applied to principal balance.
4 See appendix for reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to GAAP net income.
5 See appendix for calculation of Pre-Tax ROIC. 
6 Leverage Ratio defined as Net Debt / (Adjusted EBITDA + collections applied to principal balance). See appendix for reconciliation of Net Debt to GAAP 
Borrowings and Form 10-K for reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to GAAP net income. 
CASH GENERATION3  
(in $B)
Adjusted EBITDA4
Collections applied 
to principal balance
$212
$2.11
12.5%
2.4x
15.2%
1.9x
11.7%
2.4x
7.0%
2.9x
7.5%
2.6x
$6.68
$351
$2.31
$11.26
$195
$1.91
$7.46
-$2061
$1.86
-$8.721
-$1392
$2.16
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
-$5.832
2020	
  2021	    2022	     2023	      2024
2020	
  2021	    2022	     2023	      2024
2020	
 2021	
   2022	     2023	      2024
2020	
  2021	     2022	      2023       2024
2020	
  2021	     2022	      2023       2024
Target
Range
(2.0x-3.0x)
2020	
  2021	    2022	     2023	      2024

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP 2024 ANNUAL REPORT
11
Driving Positive Change for our Consumers, 
Colleagues and Communities
CONSUMERS:  
WE PUT CONSUMERS AT THE HEART OF EVERYTHING WE DO. 
• As a company with high standards and compliant practices, we equip our global colleagues 
with policies, practices, and ongoing training to ensure every call with a consumer is a 
positive, productive experience.
• In 2024, 92.5% of MCM consumers who participated in a post-call survey rated  
their experience with their Account Manager as positive with a score of 8 or 9  
(on a scale of 0 – 9, with 9 being the best) in 2024.
• The Institute of Customer Service (ICS), which analyzes interactions and experiences 
between consumers and our U.K. operations annually, assigned us a score of 82.1,  
above the financial sector’s average of 79.3 in 2024, and several points higher than  
the U.K. all-sector average of 75.8.
COMMUNITY:  
WE WORK TOGETHER TO STRENGTHEN OUR COMMUNITY. 
• We improved our corporate giving program by supporting financial 
education in our communities through a partnership with Junior 
Achievement USA, the nation’s largest organization dedicated to 
equipping young people with the knowledge and skills needed for 
economic success.
• During our annual global give-back campaign, Encore Connected Week, 
we supported 17 charities worldwide. Our colleagues donated thousands 
of items, such as food, clothes, personal care products, toys, and holiday 
presents, benefiting local community members.
COLLEAGUES:  
WE SUPPORT AND VALUE  
OUR PEOPLE. 
• In 2024, our colleagues’ feedback earned 
Encore Capital Group Great Place to  
Work-Certified™ status in the United States, 
the United Kingdom, France, Portugal, 
India, and Costa Rica. This certification 
recognizes excellence in workplace culture, 
employee experience, and leadership.
Key highlights of our progress in 2024: 
At Encore, we recognize that the resilience of our business and ability to deliver on our Mission — to create pathways 
to economic freedom for our consumers — is anchored on caring for and uplifting people — our consumers, 
colleagues, and communities. As a responsible corporate steward, we are also committed to holding  
ourselves to high standards for ethical practices and decision making, and doing our part in the  
communities where our consumers and colleagues live and work. 
92.5%
of MCM post-call survey 
participants rated their  
Account Manager experience
8 or 9
on a scale of 0–9 
in 2024

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP 2024 ANNUAL REPORT
12
EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP TEAM 
Ashish Masih 
President, 
Chief Executive Officer 
Joined Encore in 2009
Andrew Asch 
Senior Vice President,  
General Counsel and Government Affairs 
Joined Encore in 2010
Ryan Bell 
President,  
Midland Credit Management, Inc. 
Joined Encore in 2011
Steve Carmichael 
Senior Vice President,  
Chief Risk, Strategy and Compliance Officer 
Joined Encore in 2021
Jonathan Clark 
Executive Vice President,  
Chief Financial Officer — Retiring March 2025 
Joined Encore in 2014
Monique Dumais 
Senior Vice President, 
Chief Information Officer 
Joined Encore in 2019
Tomas Hernanz 
Chief Financial Officer, Cabot Credit Management 
Chief Financial Officer, Encore – Beginning April 2025 
Joined Encore in 2016
Tracy Ting 
Senior Vice President, 
Chief Human Resources Officer 
Joined Encore in 2019
John Yung 
President, International and  
Cabot Credit Management 
Joined Encore in 2015
BOARD OF DIRECTORS 
Michael P. Monaco 
Chairman, Director 
Served since 2014
William C. Goings 
Director 
Served since 2022
Ash Gupta 
Director, 
Chair of the Compensation Committee 
Served since 2015
Wendy G. Hannam 
Director, 
Chair of the Risk Committee 
Served since 2015
Jeffrey A. Hilzinger 
Director 
Served since 2019
Angela A. Knight CBE 
Director, 
Chair of the Nominating and  
Corporate Governance Committee 
Served since 2019
Ashish Masih 
Director, 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Served since 2017
Laura Newman Olle 
Director 
Served since 2014
Richard P. Stovsky 
Director, 
Chair of the Audit Committee 
Served since 2018
Our Leadership and Board of Directors

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP 2024 ANNUAL REPORT
13
HEADQUARTERS
Encore Capital Group, Inc. 
350 Camino de la Reina, Suite 100 
San Diego, CA 92108 
858-309-1679
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
Equiniti Trust Company, LLC (“EQ”) 
Within the United States.............800-937-5449 
Outside the United States..........718-921-8124 
shareowneronline.com
STOCK EXCHANGE LISTING
Our common stock is listed on NASDAQ  
under the symbol ECPG.
INVESTOR RELATIONS CONTACT
Bruce Thomas 
Vice President, Global Investor Relations 
bruce.thomas@encorecapital.com
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
A copy of this report is available at 
encorecapital.com/sec-filings/annual-reports/
Investor and Shareholder  
Services Information
This Annual Report contains certain forward-looking 
information within the meaning of the Private Securities 
Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking 
statements are based on current expectations and involve 
inherent risks and uncertainties that could cause actual 
outcomes and results to differ materially from current 
expectations. Please see section “Item 1A—Risk Factors” 
in the Form 10-K for the year ended Dec. 31, 2024, for 
a discussion of the risks, uncertainties and assumptions 
that could cause our actual results to differ from those 
contained in our forward-looking statements.

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP 2024 ANNUAL REPORT
14
Appendix:  
Net Debt, ROIC and Adjusted EDITDA
Non-GAAP Disclosure
Management believes that the presentation of the non-GAAP financial information below is meaningful and useful 
in understanding the activities and business metrics of our operations. Management believes that these non-GAAP 
financial measures reflect an additional way of viewing aspects of our business that, when viewed with our GAAP 
results, provide a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our business. Readers should 
consider the information in addition to, but not instead of, our financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. 
This non-GAAP financial information may be determined or calculated differently by other companies, limiting the 
usefulness of these measures for comparative purposes.
Net Debt
Net Debt is GAAP borrowings adjusted for debt issuance costs and debt discounts, cash and cash equivalents and 
client cash. Net Debt is a measure commonly used by lenders to our industry to represent the net borrowings of market 
participants, and is also used regularly by lenders and others as the numerator in industry leverage calculations.
As of December 31,
(in thousands)
2024
2023
2022
2021
2020
GAAP Borrowings
$ 3,672,762
$ 3,318,031
$ 2,898,821
$ 2,997,331
$ 3,281,634
     Debt issuance costs and debt discounts
  37,256
40,516
42,404
  58,350
  91,859
     Cash & cash equivalents
  (199,865)
(158,364)
(143,912)
  (189,645)
  (189,184)
     Client cash1
  21,468
16,019
17,772
  29,316
  20,298
Net Debt
$ 3,531,621
$ 3,216,202
$ 2,815,085
$ 2,895,352
$ 3,204,607
1 Client cash is cash that was collected on behalf of, and remains payable to, third party clients.
Pre-Tax Return on Invested Capital (“ROIC”) 
Management believes ROIC is a useful financial measure for investors in evaluating the efficient and effective use of 
capital, and is an important component of long-term shareholder return. Management uses ROIC as a measure to 
monitor and evaluate operating performance relative to our invested capital. ROIC is calculated as last twelve months 
adjusted income from operations, divided by our average invested capital. Adjusted income from operations excludes 
acquisition, integration and restructuring related expenses, amortization of certain acquired intangible assets and other 
charges or gains that are not indicative of ongoing operations. Average invested capital is defined as the aggregate of 
average Net Debt and average GAAP equity and is calculated as the sum of current and prior period ending amounts 
divided by two.

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP 2024 ANNUAL REPORT
15
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
2024
2023
2022
2021
2020
Numerator
Income from operations
$ 157,330
$ 16,535
$ 462,174
$ 633,272
$ 533,562
Adjustments:1
        Acquisition, integration and  
restructuring related expenses2
 10,681
7,952
1,213
  5,681
  154
        Expenses related to certain acquired  
intangible assets3
  ---
3,509
5,999
  7,417
  7,010
        Goodwill impairment4
100,600
238,200
---
---
---
        Impairment of assets4
18,544
18,726
4,075
---
---
        Changes in recoveries related to  
exit activities5
30,098
---
---
---
---
        CFPB settlement fees6
 ---
---
---
  ---
  15,009
Adjusted income from operations
$ 317,253
$ 284,922
$ 473,461
$ 646,370
$ 555,735
Denominator
Average Net Debt
$ 3,373,912
$ 3,015,644
$ 2,855,219
$ 3,049,979
$ 3,311,835
Average equity
851,934
1,058,082
1,182,444
  1,202,669
  1,122,741
Total average invested capital
$ 4,225,846
$ 4,073,726
$ 4,037,663
$ 4,252,648
$ 4,434,576
Pre-Tax ROIC
7.5%
7.0%
11.7%
15.2%
12.5%
1 Adjustments below are to adjust GAAP income from operations and accordingly do not include any amounts related to other income and expense.
2 Amount represents acquisition, integration and restructuring related expenses. We adjust for this amount because we believe these expenses are 
not indicative of ongoing operations; therefore, adjusting for these expenses enhances comparability to prior periods, anticipated future periods, and 
our competitors’ results.
3 We have acquired intangible assets, such as trade names and customer relationships, as a result of our acquisition of debt solution service 
providers. These intangible assets are valued at the time of the acquisition and amortized over their estimated lives. We believe that amortization of 
acquisition-related intangible assets, especially the amortization of an acquired company’s trade names and customer relationships, is the result of 
pre-acquisition activities. In addition, the amortization of these acquired intangibles is a non-cash static expense that is not affected by operations 
during any reporting period.
4 During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, we recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $100.6 million and $238.2 million, 
respectively. We recorded a non-cash impairment of long-lived assets of $18.5 million and a non-cash impairment of intangible assets of $18.7 
million during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. In addition, we recorded a non-cash impairment of intangible assets 
of $4.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2022. We believe these non-cash impairment charges are not indicative of ongoing operations, 
therefore adjusting for these expenses enhances comparability to prior periods, anticipated future periods, and our competitors’ results. 
5 Amount represents changes in recoveries related to Cabot’s exits of the Italian NPL market and the Spanish secured NPL market in the year ended 
December 31, 2024. We have adjusted for this amount because we do not believe this is indicative of ongoing operations.
6 Amount represents a charge resulting from the Stipulated Judgment with the CFPB in 2020. We have adjusted for this amount because we believe 
it is not indicative of ongoing operations; therefore, adjusting for it enhances comparability to prior periods, anticipated future periods, and our 
competitors’ results.

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP 2024 ANNUAL REPORT
16
Adjusted EBITDA
Management believes Adjusted EBITDA (defined as net income before interest income and expense, taxes, 
depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expenses, acquisition, integration and restructuring related 
expenses, and other charges or gains that are not indicative of ongoing operations), when added to collections applied 
to principal balance, is a useful indicator of the Company’s ability to generate cash collections in excess of operating 
expenses through the liquidation of its receivable portfolios.
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
2024
2023
2022
2021
2020
GAAP net (loss) income, as reported
($ 139,244)
($ 206,492)
$ 194,564
$ 351,201
$ 212,524
        Interest expense
252,545
201,877
153,308
169,647
209,356
        Loss on extinguishment of debt
7,832
        ---
        ---
        9,300
        40,951
        Interest income
(7,008)
(4,746)
(1,774)
(1,738)
(2,397)
        Provision for income taxes
43,029
26,228
116,425
85,340
70,374
        Depreciation and amortization
32,434
41,737 
46,419 
50,079 
42,780 
        Net gain on derivative instruments1
(267)
(3,170)
---
---
---
        Stock-based compensation expense
14,012
13,854
15,402
18,330
16,560
        Acquisition, integration and restructuring  
        related expenses2
10,451
7,401
1,213
20,559
4,962
        Goodwill impairment3
100,600
238,200
---
---
---
        Impairment of assets3
18,544
18,726
4,075
---
---
        CFPB settlement fees4
---
---
---
---
15,009
Adjusted EBITDA
$ 332,928     $ 333,615     $ 529,632     $ 702,718
    $ 610,119 
          Collections applied to principal balance5
$ 1,004,230     $ 776,280     $ 635,262     $ 843,087     $ 740,350 
1 Amount represents a gain recognized on derivative instruments that are not designated as hedging instruments or gain or loss recognized on 
derivative instruments upon dedesignation of hedge relationships. We adjust for this amount because we believe the gain or loss on derivative 
contracts is not indicative of ongoing operations.
2 Amount represents acquisition, integration and restructuring related expenses. We adjust for this amount because we believe these expenses are 
not indicative of ongoing operations; therefore, adjusting for these expenses enhances comparability to prior periods, anticipated future periods, and 
our competitors’ results.
3 During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, we recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $100.6 million and $238.2 million, 
respectively. We recorded a non-cash impairment of long-lived assets of $18.5 million and a non-cash impairment of intangible assets of $18.7 
million during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. In addition, we recorded a non-cash impairment of intangible assets 
of $4.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2022. We believe these non-cash impairment charges are not indicative of ongoing operations, 
therefore adjusting for these expenses enhances comparability to prior periods, anticipated future periods, and our competitors’ results. 
4 Amount represents a charge resulting from the Stipulated Judgment with the CFPB. We have adjusted for this amount because we believe it is not 
indicative of ongoing operations; therefore, adjusting for it enhances comparability to prior periods, anticipated future periods, and our competitors’ 
results.
5 Amount represents (a) gross collections from receivable portfolios less (b) debt purchasing revenue, plus (c) proceeds applied to basis from sales of 
real estate owned (“REO”) assets and exit activities.

2024
Form 10-K
ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP
Better Solutions. Better Life.

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 
___________________________________________________________________________________
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
☒
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024 or
☐TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                     to                     .
COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 000-26489
ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its 
charter) 
Delaware
48-1090909
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
(IRS Employer Identification No.)
350 Camino De La Reina, Suite 100 
San Diego, California 92108 
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)
(858) 309-1679
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
Trading Symbol(s)
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, $0.01 Par Value Per Share
ECPG
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ☒  No  ☐
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing 
requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of 
Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such 
files).    Yes  ☒    No  ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an 
emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in 
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer    
☒
Accelerated filer 
☐
Non-accelerated filer
☐
Smaller reporting company
☐
Emerging growth company
☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any 
new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal 
control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or 
issued its audit report. 
 ☒
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the 
filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation 
received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ☐    No  ☒
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $968.5 million at June 28, 2024, the last 
trading day in June 2024, based on the closing price of the common stock of $41.73 per share on such date, as reported by Nasdaq.
The number of shares of our Common Stock outstanding at February 20, 2025, was 23,691,291. 
Documents Incorporated by Reference
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement in connection with its annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2025 are incorporated by 
reference in Items 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14 of Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, which proxy statement 
will be filed no later than 120 days after the close of the registrant’s fiscal year December 31, 2024. 
Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Page
PART I
1
Item 1—Business
1
Item 1A—Risk Factors
12
Item 1B—Unresolved Staff Comments
24
Item 1C—Cybersecurity
24
Item 2—Properties
25
Item 3—Legal Proceedings
25
Item 4—Mine Safety Disclosures
25
PART II
26
Item 5—Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities
26
Item 6—[Reserved]
27
Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
28
Item 7A—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
51
Item 8—Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
51
Item 9—Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
51
Item 9A—Controls and Procedures
52
Item 9B—Other Information
54
Item 9C—Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspection
54
PART III
55
Item 10—Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
55
Item 11—Executive Compensation
55
Item 12—Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
55
Item 13—Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
55
Item 14—Principal Accountant Fees and Services
55
PART IV
56
Item 15—Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
56
Item 16—Form 10-K Summary
59
SIGNATURES
60
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
61
Table of Contents

PART I
Item 1—Business
Our Business
We are an international specialty finance company providing debt recovery solutions and other related services for 
consumers across a broad range of financial assets. We primarily purchase portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables at deep 
discounts to face value and manage them by working with individuals as they repay their obligations and work toward financial 
recovery. Defaulted receivables are consumers’ unpaid financial obligations to credit originators, including banks, credit 
unions, consumer finance companies and commercial retailers. Defaulted receivables may also include receivables subject to 
bankruptcy proceedings. We also provide debt servicing and other portfolio management services to credit originators for non-
performing loans in Europe.   
Through Midland Credit Management, Inc. and its domestic affiliates (collectively, “MCM”) we are a market leader in 
portfolio purchasing and recovery in the United States. Through Cabot Credit Management Limited (“CCM”) and its 
subsidiaries and European affiliates (collectively, “Cabot”) we are one of the largest credit management services providers in 
Europe and the United Kingdom. These are our primary operations.
We also have additional international investments and operations as we have explored new asset classes and geographies 
including: (1) our subsidiary Encore Asset Reconstruction Company (“EARC”) in India and (2) an investment in portfolio in 
Mexico. We refer to these additional international operations as our Latin America and Asia-Pacific (“LAAP”) operations.   
To date, operating results from LAAP have not been significant to our total consolidated operating results. Our long-term 
growth strategy is focused on continuing to invest in our core portfolio purchasing and recovery business in the United States 
and United Kingdom and strengthening and developing our business in France and Spain. As a result, descriptions of our 
operations in Part I - Item 1 of this Form 10-K will focus primarily on MCM (United States) and Cabot (Europe) operations.
Throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K, when we refer to our United States operations, we include accounts 
originated in the United States that are serviced through our operations centers in the United States, India and Costa Rica. When 
we refer to our international operations, we are referring to accounts originated outside of the United States. Those accounts are 
generally serviced in the country of origin. When we refer to Europe, we are referring to Europe including the United Kingdom.
Company Information
Our headquarters is located in San Diego, California 92108 and our telephone number is (858) 309-1679. Our website 
address is www.encorecapital.com. The site provides access, free of charge, to relevant investor related information, such as our 
annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those 
reports that are filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) 
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, press releases, featured articles, an event calendar, and frequently asked questions. SEC 
filings are available on our Internet site as soon as reasonably practicable after being filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Also 
available on our website are our Standards of Business Conduct and charters for the committees of our Board of Directors. We 
intend to disclose any amendment to, or waiver of, a provision of our Standards of Business Conduct on our website. The 
content of our Internet site is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The SEC maintains an 
Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file 
electronically with the SEC (http://www.sec.gov).
Our Competitive Advantages
Analytic Strength. We believe that success in our business depends on our ability to establish and maintain an information 
and data advantage. Leveraging our database of financially-distressed consumers, our in-house team of statisticians, business 
analysts, and software programmers have developed, and continually enhance, proprietary behavioral and valuation models, 
custom software applications, and other business tools that guide our portfolio purchases. 
We have been able to leverage many years of data, insights, modeling and operational experience. Each year we purchase 
significant amounts of credit bureau and customized consumer data that describe account level and macroeconomic factors 
related to credit, savings, and payment behavior. This robust data accumulation from our collection channels and other sources 
supports our direct mail, call center and digital collection efforts and our market-leading proprietary scorecards for legal 
placements. We leverage these and other powerful statistical models to drive each collection activity.
Table of Contents
1

We have made significant progress in developing our digital collection strategies, which we continue to optimize along 
with our collections websites. In developing our digital platform, we have allowed consumers to access account information, 
supporting documents and perform payments online. By leveraging direct mail, email, text messaging, web chat, and search 
engines, we have bolstered data accumulation and collections payments through our digital platform. Innovation and investment 
in digital collection technology and speech analytics have enhanced our ability to collect and have enabled us to quickly adapt 
to changes in our operating environment, as they provide real-time insights that help optimize our interaction with consumers, 
as well as valuable information for training purposes.
Consumer Intelligence and Principled Intent. Across the full extent of our operations, we strive to treat consumers with 
respect, compassion and integrity. From affordable payment plans to hardship solutions, we work with our consumers as they 
attempt to return to financial health. We are committed to having a dialogue that is honorable and constructive and hope to play 
an important and positive role in our consumers’ financial recovery. We believe that our interests and those of the financial 
institutions from which we purchase portfolios are closely aligned with the interests of government agencies seeking to protect 
consumer rights. To demonstrate our commitment to conducting business ethically, we developed our Consumer Bill of Rights. 
Its articles govern the principled treatment we aim to provide consumers. Operating with a consumer-first approach has built 
trust among consumers and issuers of consumer credit, allowing us to improve liquidation and maintain purchasing supply. We 
expect to continue to invest in infrastructure and processes that support consumer advocacy and financial literacy while 
promoting an appropriate balance between corporate and consumer responsibility.
At the core of our analytic approach is a focus on understanding our consumers’ willingness and ability to repay their 
financial obligations. In this effort, we apply tools and methods from statistics, economics, and management science across the 
full extent of our business. During portfolio valuation, we use internally developed proprietary statistical models that determine 
the likelihood and expected amount of collections from each consumer within a portfolio. Subsequently, the expectations for 
each account are aggregated to arrive at a portfolio-level liquidation model and a valuation for the entire portfolio is 
determined. During the collection process, we apply a number of proprietary operational frameworks to match our collection 
approach to an individual consumer’s predicted payment behavior.
Our data collection practices and analytics processes are designed with consumer experience in mind. Over time we have 
adjusted our execution to optimize lifetime liquidation with a high-touch, focused approach. We connect with the consumer 
through extended conversations and offer expanded interaction and payment options. Our analytics infrastructure provides 
insights to consumer sentiment, allowing us to tailor our communication and collections efforts to each consumer. This 
sustained consumer focus and other operational enhancements have led to improved liquidation effectiveness and fair consumer 
treatment.
Regulatory Expertise. Both the U.S. and UK markets have established regulatory systems and compliance requirements, 
which benefit scaled market participants such as Encore. Issuers of consumer debt sell charged-off receivables to a select group 
of trusted buyers, further necessitating a robust compliance and regulatory framework. As the cost of compliance increases, 
economies of scale are important to the provision of cost effective credit management services. Our established regulatory 
framework positions us well to capture new portfolios and realize cost-efficiencies.
Although MCM and Cabot both operate in developed and established credit markets, fundamental differences exist 
between the two from the standpoint of the regulatory approach being followed. The U.S. environment is governed by a rules-
based approach that details specific rules on how the company should conduct operations when interacting with consumers. The 
UK landscape is principles-based in nature; outcomes and principles are set by the regulators. Parties under their purview are 
responsible for determining how to appropriately achieve the stated outcomes and principles. We have strategically structured 
our compliance infrastructure at MCM and Cabot to account for these key market-specific factors. 
Many credit providers seek to do business with credit management companies that provide consistent, compliant and 
consumer-focused services to protect the credit provider’s own reputation. Encore’s established regulatory and compliance 
programs are a key differentiator that enables the Company to demonstrate its expertise to credit providers. MCM has achieved 
certification from all major U.S. issuers who sell their charged-off accounts to third parties. Cabot also maintains a leading track 
record of regulatory approval and was the first large UK-based credit management service company to receive full FCA 
authorization.
Strong Capital Stewardship. We continue to maintain a focus on raising and deploying capital prudently to maximize the 
return on our invested capital. Our operational scale and geographic diversification enable us to adjust to market trends and 
deploy capital to maximize risk-adjusted returns.
Table of Contents
2

Operational Scale and Cost Efficiency. We are a market leader in portfolio purchasing and recovery in the United States 
and one of the largest credit management services providers in Europe. This operational scale combined with cost efficiency is 
central to our purchasing and collection strategies. We also experience considerable cost advantages stemming from our scale 
and focus on collecting in a cost-efficient manner. Our operations in India and Costa Rica contribute to achieving these 
efficiencies. 
Our Strategy 
Market Focus. We continue to concentrate on our core portfolio purchasing and recovery business in the U.S. and the UK 
markets in an effort to generate our highest risk-adjusted returns. We believe these markets have attractive structural 
characteristics including: (1) a large and consistent flow of purchasing opportunities; (2) a strong regulatory framework that 
creates advantages for firms with sufficient financial and operational capabilities; (3) a high degree of sophistication and data 
availability; and (4) stable long term returns and resilience in the event of macroeconomic disruption. In addition, we are 
strengthening our presence in Spain and France, each of which we believe shares a number of these same attractive market 
characteristics.
Competitive Advantage. We strive to enhance our competitive advantages through innovation, which we expect will result 
in collections growth and improved productivity. To continue generating strong risk-adjusted returns, we intend to continue 
investing in analytics and technology, risk management and compliance. We will also continue investing in initiatives that 
enhance our relationships with consumers, expand our digital capabilities and collections, improve liquidation rates on our 
portfolios or reduce costs. 
Balance Sheet Strength. We are focused on strengthening our balance sheet while delivering strong financial and 
operational results. This includes increasing our cash flow generation through efficient collection operations. Depending on our 
relative leverage and a number of other factors, we may apply excess cash toward reducing our debt or, in circumstances in 
which we are operating within our target leverage range or below the lower end of our target leverage range, we may allocate 
capital toward share repurchases. Furthermore, we believe our global funding structure enhances access to capital markets and 
provides us with financial flexibility, particularly with respect to our ability to allocate capital to our markets with the best risk-
adjusted returns. Depending on the capital markets, we may consider additional financings to refinance debt or fund our 
operations and any potential acquisitions.
Our Financial Priorities
We have tailored our strategy to optimize our ability to achieve and maintain strong returns throughout the credit cycle. 
With respect to our balance sheet objectives, we strive to preserve financial flexibility and operate with leverage in a range that 
we believe benefits the company, and we also target a strong debt rating. 
Our capital allocation priorities include portfolio purchases at attractive returns, the return of capital to stockholders 
through share repurchases and the consideration of strategic merger and acquisition (M&A).
Debt Purchasing Approach
We provide sellers of delinquent receivables liquidity and immediate value through the purchase of charged-off consumer 
receivables. We believe that we are a valuable partner to these sellers given our financial strength, focus on principled intent, 
and track record of financial success.
Identify purchase opportunities. We maintain relationships with various financial service providers such as banks, credit 
unions, consumer finance companies, retailers, utilities companies and government agencies. These relationships frequently 
generate recurring purchase opportunities. We identify purchase opportunities and secure, where possible, exclusive negotiation 
rights. We believe that we are a valued partner for credit originators from whom we purchase portfolios, and our ability to 
secure exclusive negotiation rights is typically a result of our strong relationships and our purchasing scale. Receivable 
portfolios are typically sold either through a general auction, in which the seller requests bids from market participants, or in a 
private sale where the buyer negotiates directly with a seller. The sale transaction can be either for a one-time spot purchase or 
for a “forward flow” contract. A “forward flow” contract is a commitment to purchase receivables over a duration that is 
typically three to twelve months, but can be longer, with specifically defined volume, frequency, and pricing. Typically, these 
forward flow contracts have provisions that allow for early termination or price renegotiation should the underlying quality of 
the portfolio deteriorate over time or if any particular month’s delivery is materially different than the original portfolio used to 
price the forward flow contract. We also have the ability in many of our forward flow contracts to terminate after a certain 
notice period. We generally attempt to secure forward flow contracts for receivables because a consistent volume of receivables 
over a set duration can enable us to more accurately forecast and plan our operational needs.
Table of Contents
3

Evaluate purchase opportunities using analytical models. Once a portfolio of interest is identified, we obtain detailed 
information regarding the portfolio’s accounts, including certain information regarding the consumers themselves. We use this 
account-level information to perform due diligence and evaluate the portfolio. We use statistical analysis and forecasting to 
analyze this information to create expected future cash forecasts for the portfolio. Our collection expectations are based on, 
among other things, account characteristics and credit file variables, which we use to predict a consumer’s willingness and 
ability to repay their debt. Our servicing strategy and collections channel capacity are also a major determinant of collections 
expectations and portfolio expected value. Additional adjustments to cash expectations are made to account for qualitative 
factors that may affect the payment behavior of our consumers (such as prior collection activities or the underwriting approach 
of the seller), and to ensure our valuations are aligned with our operations.
Formal approval process. Once we have determined the estimated value of the portfolio and have completed our 
qualitative due diligence, we present the purchase opportunity to our investment committee, which either sets the maximum 
purchase price for the portfolio based on an Internal Rate of Return (“IRR”), or declines to bid. Members of the investment 
committee vary based on the type, amount, IRR and jurisdiction of the purchase opportunity, but include our Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer for material purchases.
We believe long-term success is best achieved by combining a diversified asset sourcing approach with an account-level 
scoring methodology and a disciplined evaluation process.
Collections Approach related to Debt Purchasing
MCM (United States)
We continue to expand and build upon the insight gained from previous collection activities and consumer interactions 
when developing our account-level collection strategies for portfolios we acquire. We continuously refine our collection 
strategy to determine the most effective approach for each account. Our current collection approaches consist of:
•
Direct Mail and Email. We develop innovative mail and email campaigns offering consumers payment plans, and 
occasionally appropriate discounts, to encourage settlement of their accounts.
•
Call Centers. We maintain domestic collection call centers in Phoenix, Arizona, St. Cloud, Minnesota, Troy, 
Michigan, and Roanoke, Virginia and international call centers in Gurgaon, India and San Jose, Costa Rica. Each 
call center generally consists of multiple collection departments. Account managers receive extensive training and 
are divided into specialty teams, each of which is supervised by a group manager. Account managers are trained to 
assess our consumers’ willingness and ability to pay. They attempt to work with consumers to evaluate sources and 
means of repayment to achieve a lump sum settlement or develop payment plans customized to the individual’s 
ability to pay. In cases where a payment plan is developed, account managers encourage consumers to pay through 
automatic payment arrangements. We continuously educate account managers to understand and apply relevant laws 
and policies relating to the account manager’s daily collection activities. We have robust training and monitoring 
programs to help ensure compliance with applicable laws and policies by our account managers.
•
Digital Collections. We have made significant progress in expanding our digital strategies to match consumer 
preferences and continue to analyze and optimize our digital strategies. Currently, consumers can access their 
account information, view supporting documents, review payment plan options, and make payments through our 
website. We leverage email, text messaging and web chat to interact with our consumers. Account managers in our 
call centers are also encouraged to make consumers aware of our digital channels including our website. We expect 
digital collections to increase as we continue to develop our digital strategies and more consumers become aware of 
the digital channel.
•
Legal Action. We generally refer accounts for legal action when the consumer has not responded to our direct mail 
efforts or our calls and it appears the consumer is able, but unwilling, to pay their obligations. When we decide to 
pursue legal action, we place the account into our internal legal channel or refer them to our network of retained law 
firms. If placed to our internal legal channel, attorneys in that channel will evaluate each account and make the final 
determination whether to pursue legal action. If referred to our network of retained law firms, we rely on our law 
firms’ expertise with respect to applicable debt collection laws to evaluate each account placed in that channel and 
make the decision whether to pursue collection litigation. Prior to engaging an external law firm (and throughout our 
engagement of any external law firm), we monitor and evaluate the firm’s compliance with consumer credit laws 
and regulations, operations, financial condition, and experience, among other key criteria. The law firms we hire are 
encouraged to communicate with consumers in an attempt to collect their debts prior to initiating litigation. We pay 
these law firms a contingent fee based on amounts they collect on our behalf.
Table of Contents
4

•
Third-Party Collection Agencies. We selectively employ a strategy that uses collection agencies. Collection 
agencies receive a contingent fee based on amounts they collect on our behalf. Generally, we use these agencies to 
service specialized account segments.
•
Inactive. We strive to use our financial resources judiciously and efficiently by not deploying resources on accounts 
where the prospects of collection are remote based on a consumer’s situation. 
•
No Resale. Our policy is to not resell accounts to third parties in the ordinary course of business.
We expand and build upon the insight developed during our purchase process when developing our account collection 
strategies for portfolios we acquire. Our proprietary consumer-level collectability analysis is the primary determinant of 
whether an account is actively serviced post-purchase. The channel identification process is analogous to a decision tree where 
we first differentiate those consumers who we believe are unable to pay from those who we believe are able to pay. Consumers 
who we believe are financially incapable of making any payments, or are facing extenuating circumstances or hardships that 
would prevent them from making payments, are excluded from our collection process. It is our practice to attempt to contact 
consumers and assess each consumer’s willingness to pay through analytics, phone calls, email and/or letters. If the consumer’s 
contact information is unavailable or out of date, the account is routed to our skip tracing process, which includes the use of 
different skip tracing companies to provide accurate phone numbers and addresses. The consumers that engage with us are 
presented with payment plans that are intended to suit their needs or are sometimes offered discounts on their obligations. For 
the consumers that do not respond to our calls, emails or our letters we must then decide whether to pursue collections through 
legal action. We periodically refine our collection approach to determine the most effective collection strategy to pursue for 
each account.
Cabot (Europe)
In Europe, we also use direct mail and email, call centers, legal action, third-party collection agencies and digital methods 
to pursue collections.
We use insights developed during our purchasing process to build account collection strategies. Our proprietary 
consumer-level collectability analysis is the primary determinant of how an account will be serviced post-purchase. We 
continuously refine this analysis to determine the most effective collection strategy to pursue for each account we own. 
We employ a variety of collections strategies from the point of purchase, tailored to the consumer’s financial strength. 
Where contact is made and consumers indicate both a willingness and ability to pay, we create tailor-made payment plans to 
suit the consumer’s situation. In doing so, we utilize UK regulatory protocols to assess affordability and ensure their plan is fair, 
balanced and sustainable. Where we identify consumers with an ability to pay but who appear to be unwilling to pay their debt 
due, we pursue a range of collections strategies, which may include litigation processes in order to stimulate engagement and 
enable us to agree to a suitable plan. Scoring is applied in conjunction with manual selection criteria to determine whether 
litigation might be an option, also informing any enforcement action that may be deemed most appropriate to the consumer’s 
situation. Relationships with consumers are maintained through the duration of the payment plan, seeking to review plans at 
least annually in order to take into account fluctuations in consumers’ financial situations. Again, scoring is used to vary the 
intensity of contact effort, mirroring the likelihood of a consumer’s financial situation having changed. In the event that a 
consumer breaks their plan, segmentation is used to tailor the communication and contact intensity as we seek to re-engage with 
the consumer and understand the reason for the break. By understanding the reason for the break we can tailor the solutions we 
recommend to rehabilitate the plan and put the consumer back on the path to financial recovery. In this way, we have built 
strong relationships with our consumer base, reflected in exceptional customer service scores.
Debt Servicing
Our debt servicing operations, which are performed by subsidiaries of Cabot, include early stage collections, business 
process outsourcing and contingent collections for credit originators. We mainly provide debt servicing for consumer accounts, 
but also provide services for business-to-business accounts. We believe our debt servicing operations provide us: exposure to 
the oversight requirements of financial services clients that drive a continually evolving compliance agenda; access to 
proprietary debt purchase opportunities; and an opportunity to support clients across the collections and recoveries lifecycle, 
thereby allowing us to remain close to evolving trends.
Table of Contents
5

Seasonality
Customer payment patterns in the countries in which we operate can be affected by dynamics that occur on a seasonal 
basis including income tax refunds, holiday spending habits and certain employment trends. Collections in the United States 
have historically tended to be somewhat higher in the first three calendar quarters than in the fourth calendar quarter.
Compliance and Enterprise Risk Management 
We have established a compliance management system framework, operational procedures, and governance structures to 
enable us to conduct business in accordance with applicable rules, regulations, and guidelines. Our philosophy rests on well-
established risk management principles including a model leveraging three lines of defense. Our first line of defense consists of 
business lines or other operating units, whose role is to own and manage risks and associated mitigating controls. Our second 
line of defense is comprised of strong compliance and enterprise risk management functions, who ensure that the business 
maintains policies and procedures in compliance with existing laws and regulations, advise the business on assessing risk and 
strengthening controls, and provide additional, related support. These second-line functions facilitate oversight by our 
management and Board of Directors and are responsible for promoting compliance with applicable laws and regulations, 
assisting in formulating and maintaining policies and procedures, and engaging in training, risk assessments, testing, 
monitoring, complaint response, compliance audits and corrective actions. Our third line of defense is provided by our internal 
audit function, providing independent assurance that both first and second line functions are performing their roles 
appropriately within the context of our framework.
Beyond written policies, one of our core internal goals is the adherence to principled intent as it pertains to all consumer 
interactions. We believe that it is in our shareholders’ and our employees’ best interest to treat all consumers with the highest 
standards of integrity. Specifically, we have strict policies and a code of ethics that guide all dealings with our consumers. Our 
employees undergo comprehensive training on legal and regulatory compliance, and we engage in regular call monitoring 
checks, data checks, performance reviews, and other operational reviews to ensure compliance with company guidelines. 
Credit originators who sell us defaulted consumer receivables routinely conduct examinations of our collection practices 
and procedures and typically make reports with recommendations to us as to how they believe we can improve those practices 
and procedures. We respond to these reports in the ordinary course of business and make changes to our practices and 
procedures that we believe are appropriate to address any issues raised in such reports.
Competition
The consumer credit recovery industry is highly competitive in the United States, the United Kingdom and throughout 
Europe. We compete with a wide range of collection and financial services companies, traditional contingency collection 
agencies and in-house recovery departments. Competitive pressures affect the availability and pricing of receivable portfolios, 
as well as the availability and cost of qualified recovery personnel. 
When purchasing receivables, we compete primarily on the basis of price, the ease of negotiating and closing the 
prospective portfolio purchases with us, our ability to obtain funding, and our reputation with respect to the quality of services 
that we provide. We believe that our ability to compete effectively in this market is also dependent upon, among other things, 
our relationships with credit originators and portfolio resellers of charged-off consumer receivables, and our ability to provide 
quality collection strategies in compliance with applicable laws.
We believe that smaller competitors in the United States and the United Kingdom have faced difficulties in the portfolio 
purchasing market because of the high cost of regulatory compliance. In addition, sellers of charged-off consumer receivables 
are sensitive to the reputational risks involved in the industry and are therefore being more selective with buyers in the 
marketplace. We believe this favors larger participants in this market, such as us, that are better able to adapt to these pressures.
Government Regulation
MCM (United States)
Our U.S. debt purchasing business and collection activities are subject to federal, state, and municipal statutes, rules, 
regulations, and ordinances that establish specific requirements and procedures that debt purchasers and collectors must follow 
when collecting consumer accounts, including requirements to obtain and maintain relevant licenses in certain U.S. states in 
which we conduct our activities. It is our policy to comply with the provisions of all applicable laws in all of our recovery 
activities, including any applicable state licensing requirements. Our failure to comply with these laws or to maintain relevant 
state licenses could have a material adverse effect on us to the extent that they limit our recovery activities or subject us to fines 
or penalties in connection with such activities.
Table of Contents
6

The federal Fair Debt Collection Practices Act (“FDCPA”) and Regulation F, along with comparable state and local laws 
establish specific requirements and procedures that debt collectors must follow when communicating with consumers and 
prohibit unfair, deceptive, or abusive debt collection practices. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer 
Financial Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), Congress transferred the Federal Trade Commission’s (“FTC”) role 
of administering the FDCPA to the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), along with certain other federal statutes, 
and gave the CFPB authority to implement regulations under the FDCPA. The FTC and the CFPB share enforcement 
responsibilities under the FDCPA.
In addition to the FDCPA, the federal laws that directly or indirectly apply to our business (including the regulations that 
implement these laws) include, but are not limited to, the following:
•
Dodd-Frank Act, including the Consumer Financial 
Protection Act (Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act, “CFPA”)
•
Servicemembers’ Civil Relief Act
•
Electronic Fund Transfer Act and the CFPB’s 
Regulation E
•
Telephone Consumer Protection Act (“TCPA”)
•
Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the CFPB’s 
Regulation B
•
Truth In Lending Act and the CFPB’s Regulation Z
•
Fair Credit Billing Act
•
U.S. Bankruptcy Code
•
Fair Credit Reporting Act (“FCRA”) and the CFPB’s 
Regulation V
•
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act
•
Federal Trade Commission Act (“FTCA”)
•
Credit CARD Act
•
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and the CFPB’s Regulation P
•
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act
The Dodd-Frank Act was adopted to reform and strengthen regulation and supervision of the U.S. financial services 
industry. It contains comprehensive provisions governing the oversight of financial institutions, some of which apply to us. 
Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act established the CFPB, which has broad authority to implement and enforce “federal 
consumer financial law,” as well as authority to examine financial institutions, including credit issuers that may be sellers of 
receivables and debt buyers and collectors such as us, for compliance with federal consumer financial law. 
The CFPB has broad authority to prevent unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices by issuing regulations or by using 
its enforcement authority without first issuing regulations. State Attorneys General and state financial regulators also have 
authority to enforce the CFPA’s general prohibitions against unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices, as well as state-
specific prohibitions against unfair or deceptive acts or practices. Additionally, the FTCA prohibits unfair and deceptive acts or 
practices in connection with a trade or business and gives the FTC enforcement authority to prevent and redress violations of 
this prohibition. The broad authority of these regulators has increased the potential consequences of noncompliance with federal 
consumer financial law.
The CFPB’s authority enables it to conduct hearings, adjudication proceedings, and investigations, either unilaterally or 
jointly with other state and federal regulators, to determine if federal consumer financial law has been violated. The CFPB has 
authority to impose monetary penalties for violations of applicable federal consumer financial laws (including the CFPA, 
FDCPA, and FCRA, among other consumer protection statutes), require remediation of practices, and pursue enforcement 
actions. The CFPB also has authority to obtain cease and desist orders (which can include orders for restitution or rescission of 
contracts, as well as other kinds of affirmative relief), costs, and monetary penalties ranging from $5,000 per day for ordinary 
violations of federal consumer financial laws to $25,000 per day for reckless violations and $1 million per day for knowing 
violations. The CFPB has been active in its supervision of, and examination and enforcement activities related to, financial 
services companies generally, including bringing enforcement actions, imposing fines and mandating refunds to customers of 
numerous financial institutions for various practices.
The CFPB and the FTC continue to devote substantial attention to the debt collection industry, and have brought multiple 
investigations and enforcement actions against debt collectors for alleged violations of the FDCPA and other applicable laws. 
Continued regulatory scrutiny by the CFPB and the FTC over debt collection practices may result in additional investigations 
and enforcement actions against the debt collection industry.
In September 2015, we entered into a consent order (the “2015 Consent Order”) with the CFPB in which we settled 
allegations arising from our practices between 2011 and 2015. In September 2020, the CFPB filed a lawsuit alleging that we 
violated the 2015 Consent Order. In the lawsuit, the CFPB alleged that we did not perfectly adhere to certain operational 
provisions of the 2015 Consent Order, leading to alleged violations of federal consumer financial law. In October 2020, we 
entered into a stipulated judgment (“Stipulated Judgment”) with the CFPB to resolve the lawsuit. In connection with the 
Stipulated Judgment, the CFPB formally terminated the 2015 Consent Order. The Stipulated Judgment requires us to, among 
other things, continue to follow a narrow subset of the operational requirements contained in the 2015 Consent Order, all of 
which have long been part of our routine practices. 
Table of Contents
7

Additionally, we are subject to ancillary state Attorney General investigations related to similar debt collection practices. 
We have entered into settlement agreements with the Attorneys General of certain U.S. states in connection with our debt 
collection and litigation practices.
In November 2021, the CFPB issued Regulation F, which contained rules implementing the FDCPA. Regulation F 
restated and clarified prohibitions on harassment and abuse, false or misleading representations, and unfair practices by debt 
collectors when collecting consumer debt. The rules included provisions related to, among other things, the use of newer 
technologies (text, voicemail and email) to communicate with consumers, limits relating to telephonic communications, 
consumer disclosures and credit reporting. 
In addition, the CFPB has issued guidance in the form of bulletins, interpretive rules, and advisory opinions on debt 
collection and credit furnishing activities generally, including those related to:
•
representations regarding credit reports and credit scores during the debt collection process;
•
the application of the CFPA’s prohibition of unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices on debt collection;
•
the risks that in-person collection of consumer debt may create in violating the FDPCA and CFPA;
•
the scope of state attorney generals’ enforcement authority under the CFPA and the FCRA; and
•
the collection of fees associated with certain accounts.
The CFPB also accepts debt collection consumer complaints, makes complaint-related data publicly available and 
provides template letters for consumers to use when corresponding with debt collectors. The Dodd-Frank Act also mandates the 
submission of multiple studies and reports to Congress by the CFPB, and CFPB staff regularly make speeches on topics related 
to credit and debt. All of these activities could trigger additional legislative or regulatory action. In addition, the CFPB has 
engaged in enforcement activity in sectors adjacent to our industry, impacting credit originators, collection firms, payment 
processors and credit reporting agencies, among others. The CFPB’s enforcement activity in these spaces, especially in the 
absence of clear rules or regulatory expectations, can be disruptive to third parties as they attempt to define appropriate business 
practices. As a result, certain commercial relationships we maintain may be disrupted or impacted by changes in third-parties’ 
business practices or perceptions of elevated risk relating to the debt collection industry.
Our activities are also subject to federal and state laws concerning identity theft, data privacy, and cybersecurity. The 
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and its implementing regulations, including the FTC “Safeguards Rule,” require us generally to 
protect the confidentiality of our consumers’ nonpublic personal information, to disclose to our consumers our privacy policy 
and practices, including those regarding sharing consumers’ nonpublic personal information with third parties and to report 
certain data breaches and other security events to the FTC. In addition, the FCRA requires us to treat identity theft allegations 
uniquely and to securely dispose of consumer credit reports. Certain state laws impose similar or stricter privacy obligations as 
well as obligations to provide notification of security breaches of personal information to affected individuals, consumer 
reporting agencies, businesses and governmental agencies. The applicable regulatory framework for privacy and cybersecurity 
issues is evolving and uncertain. For example, the California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”), which became operative on 
January 1, 2023 and amended and expanded the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), imposes more stringent 
requirements on certain businesses with respect to consumer and employee data privacy in California. These laws include 
provisions that give California residents and employees expanded rights to access and delete certain personal information, opt 
out of certain personal information sharing, and receive detailed information about how certain personal information is used. 
Compliance with any new or developing privacy laws in the United States, including any state or federal laws, may require 
significant resources and subject us to a variety of regulatory and private sanctions. 
In addition to the federal statutes detailed above, many states have general consumer protection statutes, laws, regulations, 
or court rules that apply to debt purchasing and collection. In a number of states and cities, we must maintain licenses to 
perform debt collection activities and must satisfy ongoing compliance and bonding requirements. It is our policy to comply 
with all applicable licensing, compliance and bonding requirements. Our failure to comply with existing requirements, changing 
interpretations of existing requirements, or adoption of new requirements, could subject us to a variety of regulatory and private 
sanctions. These could include license suspension or revocation; orders or injunctive relief, including orders providing for 
rescission of transactions or other affirmative relief; and monetary relief, including restitution, damages, fines and/or penalties. 
In addition, failure to comply with state licensing and compliance requirements could restrict our ability to collect in certain 
states, subject us to increased regulation, increase our costs, or adversely affect our ability to collect our receivables.
State laws may also, among other things, limit the amounts we may garnish from a consumer in enforcing a judgement, 
limit the ways in which we can contact a consumer, limit the time in which we may file legal actions, and require specific 
account information for certain collection activities. By way of example, Washington D.C. passed the “Protecting Consumers 
Table of Contents
8

from Unjust Debt Collection Practices Amendment Act of 2021” which went into effect January 2023. The law, among other 
things, requires both debt buyers and debt collectors operating in Washington D.C. to have in their possession specific account 
information before debt collection efforts can begin and has contact limitations more restrictive than Regulation F. In addition, 
other state and local requirements and court rulings in various jurisdictions may also affect our ability to collect.
The relationship between consumers and credit card issuers is also extensively regulated by federal and state consumer 
protection and related laws and regulations. These laws may affect some of our operations because the majority of our 
receivables originate through credit card transactions. The laws and regulations applicable to credit card issuers, among other 
things, impose disclosure requirements when a credit card account is advertised, when it is applied for and when it is opened, at 
the end of monthly billing cycles, and at year-end. Federal law requires, among other things, that credit card issuers disclose to 
consumers the interest rates, fees, grace periods, and balance calculation methods associated with their credit card accounts. 
Some laws prohibit discriminatory practices in connection with the extension of credit. If the originating institution fails to 
comply with applicable statutes, rules, and regulations, it could create claims and rights for consumers that would reduce or 
eliminate their obligations related to those receivables. When we acquire receivables, we generally require the credit originator 
or portfolio reseller to represent that they have complied with applicable statutes, rules, and regulations relating to the 
origination and collection of the receivables before they were sold to us.
Federal statutes further provide that, in some cases, consumers cannot be held liable for, or their liability is limited with 
respect to, charges to their credit card accounts that resulted from unauthorized use of their credit cards. These laws, among 
others, may give consumers a legal cause of action against us, or may limit our ability to recover amounts owing with respect to 
the receivables, whether or not we committed any wrongful act or omission in connection with the account.
These laws and regulations, and others similar to the ones listed above, as well as laws applicable to specific types of debt, 
impose requirements or restrictions on collection methods or our ability to enforce and recover certain of our receivables. 
Effects of the law, including those described above, and any new or changed laws, rules, or regulations, and reinterpretation of 
the same, may adversely affect our ability to recover amounts owing with respect to our receivables or the sale of receivables by 
creditors and resellers.
Cabot (Europe)
Our operations in Europe are affected by local statutes, rules and regulations. It is our policy to comply with these laws in 
all of our recovery activities in Europe, where applicable.
Financial Conduct Authority Regulation. UK debt purchase and services collections businesses are principally regulated 
by the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”), the UK Information Commissioner’s Office and the UK Office of 
Communications. Cabot has three regulated entities in the UK: the debt purchase brand Cabot Credit Management Group 
Limited (“CCMG”), the servicing brand Wescot and Cabot’s law firm, Mortimer Clarke Solicitors Limited (“Mortimer 
Clarke”). The FCA regards debt collection as a “high risk” activity primarily due to the potential impact that poor practice can 
have on already vulnerable consumers and as a result maintains a focus on the sector. The FCA Handbook sets out the FCA 
rules and other provisions. Firms wishing to carry on regulated consumer credit activities must comply with all applicable 
sections of the FCA Handbook, including principles to “act to deliver good outcomes for retail customers,” as well as the 
applicable consumer credit laws and regulations. The FCA also publishes guidance on various topics from time to time that it 
expects firms to comply with.
The FCA has applied its rules, including its high-level principles and conduct of business standards, to consumer credit 
firms. In July 2023, the FCA implemented its new Consumer Duty, which aims to provide a higher level of consumer 
protection in retail financial markets and combines existing consumer treatment requirements with enhanced standards by 
requiring firms to act to deliver good outcomes for customers. The FCA has significant powers and, as the FCA deepens its 
understanding of the industry through continued supervision, it is likely that the regulatory requirements applicable to the debt 
purchase industry will continue to increase via requirements such as the Consumer Duty. In addition, it is likely that the 
compliance framework that will be needed to continue to satisfy the FCA requirements will demand continued investment and 
resources. Companies authorized by the FCA must be able to demonstrate that they meet the threshold conditions for 
authorization and comply on an ongoing basis with the FCA’s high level standards for authorized firms, such as its Principles 
for Business (including the principle of “act to deliver good outcomes for retail customers”), and rules and guidance on systems 
and controls. 
Table of Contents
9

The Senior Managers and Certification Regime (“SMCR”) is designed to drive accountability and risk ownership within 
businesses and applies to the majority of colleagues who need to be aware of and adhere to the required standards of conduct. In 
addition to the full authorization of its business with the FCA, CCMG, Wescot and Mortimer Clarke have appointed certain 
individuals who have significant control or influence over the management of the respective businesses, known as Senior 
Management Function Managers (“SMF Managers”). SMF Managers are subject to statements of principle and codes of 
practice established and enforced by the FCA.
The FCA has the ability to, among other things, impose significant fines, ban certain individuals from carrying on trade 
within the financial services industry, impose requirements on a firm’s permission, cease certain products from being collected 
upon and in extreme circumstances remove permissions to trade.
Consumer protection. The Consumer Credit Act of 1974 (and its related regulations) (the “UK Consumer Credit Act”) 
and the UK Consumer Rights Act 2015 set forth requirements for the entry into and ongoing management of consumer credit 
arrangements in the United Kingdom. A failure to comply with these requirements can make agreements unenforceable or can 
result in a requirement that charged and collected interest be repaid. The FCA continues to review the provisions of the UK 
Consumer Credit Act and having up to this point prioritized changes linked to Brexit are now working with the UK 
Government to focus on terms that have been identified as requiring the most urgent updates.
Data protection. In addition to these regulations on debt collection and debt purchase activities, Cabot must comply with 
the General Data Protection Regulation 2016/679 (“GDPR”) and where applicable the UK Data Protection Act 2018. This 
substantially replaced the previous legislation (Data Protection Act of 1998) and introduced significant changes to the data 
protection regime including but not limited to: the conditions for obtaining consent to process personal data; transparency and 
providing information to individuals regarding the processing of their personal data; enhanced rights for individuals; 
notification obligations for personal data breach; and new supervisory authorities, including a European Data Protection Board 
(“EDPB”). Data Protection Officer(s) have been appointed for the UK, Spain, France, Portugal and Ireland who are supported 
by Privacy Champions at each European/UK site to promote and enforce good data protection practices.
In the EU, there is a new regulatory framework under Directive 2021/2167 of the European Parliament and of the Council 
on credit servicers and credit purchasers, known as the Non-Performing Loan (“NPL”) Directive. Member states within the EU 
must comply with this Directive and transpose it into local law. The NPL Directive regulates the sale, purchase, and servicing 
of NPLs originated by EU credit institutions, and states that the activity of credit servicing is subject to authorization and 
defines the requirements for the granting of such authorization. Member States must establish their authorization procedures 
and set up a national register of all credit servicers authorized to provide services within their territory. The activities of credit 
servicers are subject to supervision by the competent authority of the home Member State. To date, of the markets we operate 
in, Ireland and France are the only EU member states to transpose the NPL Directive into local law with our Irish entity 
automatically being given credit servicing authorization and our French entity received authorization in 2024. Spain and 
Portugal are expected to transpose the NPL Directive into local law during 2025.
In addition, the other markets in which we currently operate are subject to local laws and regulations, and we continue to 
review the required risk and compliance programs to facilitate compliance with applicable laws and regulations in those 
markets. Our operations outside the United States are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which prohibits U.S. 
companies and their agents and employees from providing anything of value to a foreign official for the purposes of influencing 
any act or decision of these individuals in order to obtain an unfair advantage, to help, obtain, or retain business.
Human Capital Management
As of December 31, 2024, we had approximately 7,350 employees, of which approximately 20% were in the United 
States and 80% were in our international locations. We have no employees in North America represented by a labor union or 
subject to the terms of collective bargaining agreements. We have employees in Spain, France and the United Kingdom who are 
represented by collective bargaining agreements. We believe that our relations with our employees in all locations are positive.
Our approach to human capital management starts with a strong foundation anchored in our commitment to values and 
ethics. Attracting, developing and retaining talent is critical to executing our strategy and our ability to compete effectively. We 
believe in the importance of creating an engaging work environment for our employees, supporting their well-being with fair 
and market-competitive pay and benefits, and investing in their growth and development.  
We also value feedback from our employees and regularly survey them to understand how they feel about the company 
and subsequently take appropriate actions and employ employee engagement best practices to improve their work experience. 
Table of Contents
10

Commitment to Values and Ethics
We are committed to ensuring fundamental human rights across our business and in each region. We have published a 
Global Human Rights Policy that outlines our commitment to respect and promote human rights in accordance with 
internationally recognized human rights standards. This policy details our actions concerning human rights, such as providing 
fair and competitive compensation, benefits and hours to our colleagues, freedom of association and collective bargaining, and 
our zero-tolerance policy for harassment and discrimination.
We also hold our employees to the ethical practices and decision making as guided by our Standards of Business Conduct, 
which embody Encore’s Mission, Vision and Values, provide guidance on specific behaviors, and set the foundation for ethical 
decision making. Our Standards of Business Conduct reflect our commitment to operating in a fair, honest, responsible and 
ethical manner and provide direction for reporting complaints in the event of alleged violations of our policies (including 
through our Employee Compliance Hotline).
Inclusion and Collaboration
At Encore, we believe in creating pathways to economic freedom for our consumers and understand that an inclusive 
workplace leads to better business outcomes. We know that our best work happens when we collaborate and embrace a range of 
thoughts, backgrounds and experiences and when our unique voices are heard and celebrated. We are committed to fostering an 
environment that promotes learning, curiosity and continuous improvement, while creating spaces for all people to bring their 
authentic selves to work. As of December 31, 2024, approximately 49% of our total workforce were women.  
Financial, Health and Mental Well-Being
We strive to retain and attract the most talented employees by taking a holistic approach to well-being. This includes 
competitive compensation and benefits in the form of base salary, short-term incentives, opportunities for long-term incentives, 
retirement and financial support, and recognition programs as part of our financial well-being offerings. We also provide 
competitive benefits that include comprehensive health and welfare insurance, generous time-off and leave, and programs such 
as Employee Assistance Program, paid time off for volunteering activities, and wellness incentives to support the health and 
mental well-being of our employees.    
Growth and Development
We are committed to actively fostering a learning culture and investing in ongoing professional and career development 
for our employees. We empower managers and employees with collective accountability for developing themselves and others, 
and promote ongoing dialogue, coaching, feedback, and improvement through our performance management practices. We 
offer employees an extensive number of programs and tools for their personal and professional development including 
instructor-led training courses, leadership development programs, on-demand virtual learning, individual development 
planning, mentoring, roles-based functional and technical training, compliance training, peer learning opportunities, and tuition 
reimbursement programs. We also aligned our talent and succession planning framework at a global level to support the 
development of our internal talent pipeline for current and future organizational needs, and to provide an overall health gauge of 
our global talent pool.
Table of Contents
11

Item 1A—Risk Factors 
There are risks and uncertainties in our business that could cause our actual results to differ from those anticipated. We 
urge you to read these risk factors carefully in connection with evaluating our business and in connection with the forward-
looking statements and other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Any of the risks described herein 
could affect our business, financial condition, or future results and the actual outcome of matters as to which forward-looking 
statements are made. The list of risks is not intended to be exhaustive, and the order in which the risks appear is not intended as 
an indication of their relative weight or importance. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us, or that we 
currently deem to be immaterial, also may adversely affect our business, financial condition and/or operating results. 
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry 
Financial, economic and other conditions affect the ability of consumers to pay their obligations, which could harm our 
financial results.
Economic conditions globally and locally directly affect unemployment and credit availability. Adverse conditions 
(including natural disasters and extreme weather events), economic changes (including significant inflation), political volatility 
and financial disruptions (including unemployment) could place financial pressure on the consumer, which may reduce our 
ability to collect on our consumer receivable portfolios and may adversely affect the value of our consumer receivable 
portfolios. Further, increased financial pressures on the financially distressed consumer may result in additional regulatory 
requirements or restrictions on our operations and increased litigation filed against us. These conditions could increase our costs 
and harm our business, financial condition, and operating results.
We may not be able to purchase receivables at favorable prices, which could limit our growth or profitability.
Our ability to operate profitably depends upon the continued availability of receivable portfolios that meet our purchasing 
standards and are cost-effective based upon projected collections exceeding our costs. Due, in part, to fluctuating prices for 
receivable portfolios, fluctuating supply and competition within the marketplace, there has been, and could continue to be, 
considerable variation in our purchasing volume and pricing from quarter to quarter and year to year. The volume of our 
portfolio purchases may be limited when prices are high and may or may not increase when portfolio pricing is more favorable 
to us. Further, our rates of return may decline when portfolio prices are high. We do not know how long portfolios will be 
available for purchase on terms acceptable to us, or at all.
The availability of receivable portfolios at favorable prices depends on a number of factors, including:
•
volume of defaults in consumer debt;
•
continued sale of receivable portfolios by originating institutions and portfolio resellers at sufficient volumes and 
acceptable price levels;
•
competition in the marketplace;
•
our ability to develop and maintain favorable relationships with key major credit originators and portfolio 
resellers;
•
our ability to obtain adequate data from credit originators or portfolio resellers to appropriately evaluate the 
collectability of, estimate the value of, and collect on portfolios; and
•
changes in laws and regulations governing consumer lending, bankruptcy, and collections. 
We enter into “forward flow” contracts, which are commitments to purchase receivables on a periodic basis over a 
specified period of time in accordance with certain criteria, which may include a specifically defined volume, frequency, and 
pricing. In periods of decreasing prices, we may end up paying an amount higher for such debt portfolios in a forward flow 
contract than we would otherwise agree to pay at the time for a spot purchase, which could result in reduced returns. We may 
only be able to terminate such forward flow agreements in certain limited circumstances or, for certain agreements, after a 
certain notice period.
In addition, because of the length of time involved in collecting charged-off consumer receivables on acquired portfolios 
and the volatility in the timing of our collections, we may not be able to identify trends and make changes in our purchasing 
strategies in a timely manner. Ultimately, if we are unable to continually purchase and collect on a sufficient volume of 
receivables to generate cash collections that exceed our costs or to generate satisfactory returns, our business, financial 
condition and operating results will be adversely affected.
Table of Contents
12

A significant portion of our portfolio purchases during any period may be concentrated with a small number of sellers, 
which could adversely affect our volume and timing of purchases.
A significant percentage of our portfolio purchases for any given fiscal quarter or year may be concentrated with a few 
large sellers, some of which may also involve forward flow arrangements. We cannot be certain that any of our significant 
sellers will continue to sell charged-off receivables to us, that such sales would be on terms or in quantities acceptable to us, or 
that we would be able to replace these purchases with purchases from other sellers.  
A significant decrease in the volume of portfolio available from any of our principal sellers would force us to seek 
alternative sources of charged-off receivables.  
We may be unable to find alternative sources from which to purchase charged-off receivables, and even if we could 
successfully replace these purchases, the search could take time and the receivables could be of lower quality, cost more, or 
both, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
We face intense competition that could impair our ability to maintain or grow our purchasing volumes.
The charged-off receivables purchasing market is highly competitive. We compete with a wide range of other purchasers 
of charged-off consumer receivables. To the extent our competitors are able to better maximize recoveries on their assets or are 
willing to accept lower rates of return, we may not be able to grow or sustain our purchasing volumes or we may be forced to 
acquire portfolios at expected rates of return lower than our historical rates of return. Some of our competitors may obtain 
alternative sources of financing at more favorable rates than those available to us, the proceeds from which may be used to fund 
expansion and to increase the amount of charged-off receivables they purchase.
We face bidding competition in our acquisition of charged-off consumer receivables. We believe that successful bids are 
predominantly awarded based on price and, to a lesser extent, based on service, reputation, and relationships with the sellers of 
charged-off receivables. Some of our current competitors, and potential new competitors, may have more effective pricing and 
collection models, greater adaptability to changing market needs, and more established relationships in our industry than we do. 
Moreover, our competitors may elect to pay prices for portfolios that we determine are not economically sustainable and, in that 
event, we may not be able to continue to offer competitive bids for charged-off receivables.
We operate in a highly regulated environment with laws and regulations that are subject to significant change, 
interpretation and level of enforcement. Any sustained decrease in regulation or enforcement of regulation could lead to 
increased competition. If we are unable to develop and expand our business or to adapt to changing market needs as well as our 
current or future competitors, we may experience reduced access to portfolios of charged-off consumer receivables in sufficient 
face value amounts at appropriate prices, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
We may purchase receivable portfolios that are unprofitable or we may not be able to collect sufficient amounts to recover 
our costs and to fund our operations.
We acquire and service charged-off receivables that the obligors have failed to pay and the sellers have deemed 
uncollectible and have written off. The originating institutions and/or portfolio resellers generally make numerous attempts to 
recover on these nonperforming receivables, often using a combination of their in-house collection and legal departments, as 
well as third-party collection agencies. In order to operate profitably over the long term, we must continually purchase and 
collect on a sufficient volume of charged-off receivables to generate revenue that exceeds our costs. These receivables are 
difficult to collect, and we may not be successful in collecting amounts sufficient to cover the costs associated with purchasing 
the receivables and funding our operations. If we are not able to collect on these receivables, collect sufficient amounts to cover 
our costs or generate satisfactory returns, this may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
We may experience losses on portfolios consisting of new types of receivables or receivables in new geographies due to our 
lack of collection experience with these receivables, which could harm our business, financial condition and operating 
results.
We continually look for opportunities to expand the classes of assets that make up the portfolios we acquire. Therefore, 
we may acquire portfolios consisting of assets with which we have little or no collection experience or portfolios of receivables 
in new geographies where we do not historically maintain an operational footprint. Our lack of experience with these assets 
may hinder our ability to generate expected levels of profits from these portfolios. Further, our existing methods of collections 
may prove ineffective for these new receivables, and we may not be able to collect on these portfolios. Our inexperience with 
these receivables may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Table of Contents
13

The statistical models we use to project remaining cash flows from our receivable portfolios may prove to be inaccurate and, 
if so, our financial results may be adversely affected.
We use internally developed models to project the remaining cash flows from our receivable portfolios. These models 
consider known data about our consumers’ accounts, including, among other things, our collection experience and changes in 
external consumer factors, in addition to data known when we acquire the accounts. Our models also consider data provided by 
third parties including public sources. We may not be able to achieve the collections forecasted by our models. Our models may 
not appropriately identify or assess all material factors or trends and yield correct or accurate forecasts as our historical 
collection experience may not reflect current or future realities. We also have no control over the accuracy of information 
received from third parties. If such information is not accurate our models may not accurately project estimated remaining cash 
flows. If we are not able to achieve the levels of forecasted collections, our revenues will be reduced or we may be required to 
record a charge, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
A significant portion of our collections relies upon our success in individual lawsuits brought against consumers and our 
ability to collect on judgments in our favor.
We generate a significant portion of our revenue by collecting on judgments that are granted by courts in lawsuits filed 
against consumers. A decrease in the willingness of courts to grant these judgments, a change in the requirements for filing 
these cases or obtaining these judgments, a decrease in our ability to collect on these judgments, or any closure of court systems 
could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. As we increase our use of the legal 
channel for collections, our short-term margins may decrease as a result of an increase in upfront court costs and costs related to 
counter claims. We may not be able to collect on certain aged accounts because of applicable statutes of limitations and we may 
be subject to adverse effects of regulatory changes. Further, courts in certain jurisdictions require that a copy of the account 
statements or applications be attached to the pleadings in order to obtain a judgment against consumers. If we are unable to 
produce those account documents, these courts could deny our claims, and our business, financial condition and operating 
results may be adversely affected.
Increases in costs associated with our collections through collection litigation can raise our costs associated with our 
collection strategies and the individual lawsuits brought against consumers to collect on judgments in our favor.
We have substantial collection activity through our legal collections channel and, as a consequence, increases in upfront 
court costs, costs related to counterclaims, and other court costs may increase our total cost in collecting on accounts in this 
channel, which may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Our business, financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected if consumer bankruptcy filings increase or 
if bankruptcy laws change.
Our business model may be uniquely vulnerable to an economic recession, which typically results in an increase in the 
amount of defaulted consumer receivables, thereby contributing to an increase in the amount of personal bankruptcy filings. 
Under certain bankruptcy filings, a consumer’s assets are sold to repay credit originators, with priority given to holders of 
secured debt. Since the defaulted consumer receivables we purchase are generally unsecured, we often are not able to collect on 
those receivables. In addition, since we purchase receivables that may have been delinquent for a long period of time, this may 
be an indication that many of the consumers from whom we collect will be unable to pay their debts going forward and are 
more likely to file for bankruptcy in an economic recession. Furthermore, potential changes to existing bankruptcy laws could 
contribute to an increase in consumer bankruptcy filings. We cannot be certain that our collection experience would not decline 
with an increase in consumer bankruptcy filings. If our actual collection experience with respect to a defaulted consumer 
receivable portfolio is significantly lower than we projected when we purchased the portfolio, our business, financial condition 
and operating results could be adversely affected.
We are subject to audits conducted by sellers of debt portfolios and may be required to implement specific changes to our 
policies and practices as a result of adverse findings by such sellers as a part of the audit process, which could limit our 
ability to purchase debt portfolios from them in the future, which could materially and adversely affect our business.
Pursuant to purchase contracts, we are subject to audits that are conducted by sellers of debt portfolios. Such audits may 
occur with little notice and the assessment criteria used by each seller varies based on their own requirements, policies and 
standards. Although much of the assessment criteria is based on regulatory requirements, we may be asked to comply with 
additional terms and conditions that are unique to particular debt originators. From time to time, sellers may believe that we are 
not in compliance with certain of their criteria and in such cases, we may be required to dedicate resources and to incur 
expenses to address such concerns, including the implementation of new policies and procedures. In addition, to the extent that 
we are unable to satisfy the requirements of a particular seller, such seller could remove us from their panel of preferred 
purchasers, which could limit our ability to purchase debt portfolios from that seller in the future, which could adversely affect 
our business, financial condition and operating results.
Table of Contents
14

We rely on third parties to provide us with services in connection with certain aspects of our business, and any failure by 
these third parties to perform their obligations, or our inability to arrange for alternative third-party providers for such 
services, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
We are dependent upon the efforts of third-party service providers including collection agencies, law firms, data 
providers, tracing service providers and other servicers to help service and collect our charged-off receivables. Our third-party 
servicers could fail to perform collection services for us adequately, remit those collections to us or otherwise perform their 
obligations adequately. In addition, one or more of those third-party service providers could cease operations abruptly or 
become insolvent, or our relationships with such third-party service providers may otherwise change adversely. Further, we 
might not be able to secure replacement third-party service providers or promptly transfer account information to our new third-
party service provider or in-house in the event our agreements with our third-party collection agencies and attorneys were 
terminated. In addition, to the extent these third-party service providers violate laws, other regulatory requirements or their 
contractual obligations, or act inappropriately in the conduct of their business, our business and reputation could be negatively 
affected or penalties could be directly imposed upon us. Any of the foregoing factors could cause our business, financial 
condition and operating results to be adversely affected. 
We have entered into agreements with third parties to provide us with services in connection with our business, including 
payment processing, credit card authorization and processing, payroll processing, record keeping for retirement and benefit 
plans and certain information technology functions. Any failure by a third party to provide us with contracted services on a 
timely basis or within service level expectations and performance standards may have an adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition and operating results. In addition, we may be unable to find, or enter into agreements with, suitable 
replacement third party providers for such services, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating 
results.
We are dependent on our data gathering systems and proprietary consumer profiles, and if access to such data was lost or 
became public, our business could be materially and adversely affected.
Our models and consumer databases provide information that is critical to our business. We rely on data provided to us at 
the time of purchase augmented by data provided by multiple credit reference agencies, our servicing partners and other sources 
in order to operate our systems, develop our proprietary consumer profiles and run our business generally. If these credit 
reference agencies were to terminate their agreements or stop providing us with data for any reason, for example, due to a 
change in governmental regulation, or if they were to considerably raise the price of their services, our business could be 
materially and adversely affected. Also, if any of the proprietary information or data that we use became public, for example, 
due to a change in government regulations, we could lose a significant competitive advantage and our business could be 
negatively impacted. 
If we become unable to continue to acquire or use information and data in the manner in which it is currently acquired and 
used, or if we were prohibited from accessing or aggregating the data in these systems or profiles for any reason, we may lose a 
significant competitive advantage, in particular if our competitors continue to be able to acquire and use such data, and our 
business could be materially and adversely affected.
If our technology and telecommunications systems were to fail, fail to be effective, or if we are not able to successfully 
anticipate, invest in, or adopt technological advances within our industry, it could have an adverse effect on our operations.
Our success depends in a large part on sophisticated computer and telecommunications systems. The temporary or 
permanent loss of our computer and telecommunications equipment and software systems, through casualty, operating 
malfunction, software virus, or service provider failure, could disrupt our operations. In the normal course of our business, we 
must record and process significant amounts of data quickly and accurately to properly bid on prospective acquisitions of 
receivable portfolios and to access, maintain, and expand the databases we use for our collection activities. Any simultaneous 
failure of our information systems and their backup systems would interrupt our business operations.
In addition, our business relies on computer and telecommunications technologies, and our ability to integrate new 
technologies into our business is essential to our competitive position and our success. We may not be successful in 
anticipating, investing in, or adopting technological changes on a timely or cost-effective basis. Computer and 
telecommunications technologies are evolving rapidly and are characterized by short product life cycles.
We continue to make significant modifications to our information systems to ensure that they continue to be adequate for 
our current and foreseeable demands and continued expansion, and our future growth may require additional investment in 
these systems. These system modifications may exceed our cost or time estimates for completion or may be unsuccessful. If we 
cannot update our information systems effectively, our business, financial condition and operating results may be adversely 
affected.
Table of Contents
15

We use our technology and telecommunications systems to contact consumers in an attempt to collect on receivables. 
Over recent years, we have observed an increase in the adoption by consumers, telephone carriers and communications 
platforms of call, email, or other communication filtering or blocking. If calls, emails or other communications are blocked or 
we are otherwise not able to contact our consumers our ability to collect on our receivables through our call center and digital 
collections channel could be impacted and we would need to pursue collections through our higher-cost legal collections 
channel, which could impact our operating results.
Our business results and operations could be adversely affected by a cybersecurity event, breach, business interruption or 
similar incident relating to our information technology systems. 
We rely on information technology networks and systems to process and store electronic information. We collect and 
store sensitive data, including personal, confidential or proprietary consumer or employee information, on our information 
technology networks. Despite the implementation of risk and security measures (see Item 1A-Cybersecurity), our information 
technology networks and systems have been, and in the future may again be, subject to breaches, disruptions and shutdowns 
due to attacks by threat actors or breaches due to malfeasance by contractors, employees and others who have access to our 
networks and systems. 
In addition to our own systems, we use third-party service providers, who in turn may also use third-party providers, to 
process certain data or information on our behalf. Although we generally contractually require these service providers to 
implement and maintain reasonable security measures, we cannot control third parties and cannot guarantee that a security 
breach will not occur in their systems.
Cybersecurity incidents have, and could again compromise our networks and information stored on our networks (or on 
the networks of third-party service providers) has been, and could again be, accessed, exfiltrated, disclosed, lost or destroyed. 
Due to our size and the large number of service providers we work with and the increasing sophistication and complexity of 
cyber attacks, an incident could occur and persist for an extended period without detection. Any investigation of a cyber attack 
or other security incident would be unpredictable and would take time before the completion of any investigation and before 
there is availability of full and reliable information.  
As cyber attacks continue to evolve, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify 
or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities. In addition, our 
remediation efforts may not be successful. 
While we currently maintain cybersecurity insurance, such insurance may not be sufficient in type or amount to cover us 
against claims related to cybersecurity breaches or attacks, failures or other data security-related incidents, and we cannot be 
certain that cyber insurance will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms, or at all, or that an insurer will 
not deny coverage as to any future claim.
Any cybersecurity event, breach or similar incident relating to our information technology systems could disrupt our 
operations, adversely affect the willingness of sellers to sell to us or result in legal claims, liability, reputational damage or 
regulatory penalties under laws protecting the privacy of personal information, any of which could adversely affect our 
business, financial condition and operating results.
We have significant international operations, which exposes us to additional risks and uncertainties.
Our international operations subject us to a number of additional risks and uncertainties, including:
•
compliance with and changes in international laws, including regulatory and compliance requirements that could 
affect our business;
•
differing accounting standards and practices; 
•
increased exposure to U.S. laws that apply abroad, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, and exposure to 
other anti-corruption laws such as the UK Bribery Act;
•
social, political and economic volatility, instability, recessions or uncertainty;
•
fluctuations in foreign economies and currency exchange rates;
•
difficulty in hiring, staffing and managing qualified and proficient local employees and advisors to run 
international operations;
Table of Contents
16

•
the difficulty of managing and operating an international enterprise, including difficulties in maintaining effective 
communications with employees due to distance, language, and cultural barriers;
•
difficulties implementing and maintaining effective internal controls and risk management and compliance 
initiatives;
•
potential disagreements with our joint venture business partners;
•
differing labor regulations and business practices; and
•
foreign and, in some circumstances, U.S. tax consequences.
Each of these could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
We may not be able to adequately protect the intellectual property rights upon which we rely and, as a result, any lack of 
protection may diminish our competitive advantage.
We rely on proprietary software programs and valuation and collection processes and techniques, and we believe that 
these assets provide us with a competitive advantage. We consider our proprietary software, processes, and techniques to be 
trade secrets, but they are not protected by patent or registered copyright. We may not be able to protect our technology and 
data resources adequately, which may diminish our competitive advantage, which may, in turn, adversely affect our business, 
financial condition and operating results.
Exchange rate fluctuations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
Because we conduct some business in currencies other than U.S. dollars, primarily the British Pound, but report our 
financial results in U.S. dollars, we face exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates upon translation of these business 
results into U.S. dollars. In the normal course of business, we may employ various strategies to manage these economic risks, 
including the use of derivative instruments. These strategies may not be effective in protecting us against the effects of 
fluctuations from movements in foreign exchange rates. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could adversely affect 
our financial condition and operating results.
An outbreak of a contagious disease or other public health emergency could materially impact our business and results of 
operations.
The COVID-19 pandemic and resulting containment measures caused economic, financial and operational disruptions that 
adversely affected certain aspects of our business and results of operations. Other public health emergencies could also affect 
our business and results of operations and any impact would depend on future developments that we are not able to predict, 
including the duration, spread and severity of the public health emergency; the nature, extent and effectiveness of containment 
measures; the extent and duration of the effect on the economy; and how quickly and to what extent normal economic and 
operating conditions resumed. 
Risks Related to Government Regulation and Litigation
Our business is subject to extensive laws and regulations, which have increased and may continue to increase.
As noted in detail in “Item 1 - Part 1 - Business - Government Regulation” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, extensive 
laws and regulations directly apply to key portions of our business. These laws and regulations are also subject to review from 
time to time and may be subject to significant change. Changes in laws and regulations applicable to our operations, or the 
manner in which they are interpreted or applied, could limit our activities in the future or could significantly increase the cost of 
regulatory compliance. These negative effects could result from changes in collection laws and guidance, laws related to credit 
reporting, consumer bankruptcy laws, laws related to the management and enforcement of consumer debt, court and 
enforcement procedures, the statute of limitation for debts, accounting standards, taxation requirements, employment laws, 
communications laws, data privacy and protection laws, anti-bribery and corruption laws and anti-money laundering laws. 
We sometimes purchase accounts in asset classes that are subject to industry-specific and/or issuer-specific restrictions 
that limit the collection methods that we can use on those accounts. Over time, laws, rules and regulations requiring increased 
availability of historic information about receivables in order to collect. If credit originators or portfolio resellers are unable or 
unwilling to meet these evolving requirements, we may be unable or unwilling to collect on certain accounts. Inability to collect 
sufficient amounts from these accounts, through available collection methods, could adversely affect our business, financial 
condition and operating results. 
Table of Contents
17

In addition, the CFPB has engaged in enforcement activity in sectors adjacent to our industry, impacting credit 
originators, collection firms, payment processors and credit reporting agencies, among others. Enforcement activity in these 
spaces by the CFPB or others, especially in the absence of clear rules or regulatory expectations, may be disruptive to third 
parties as they attempt to define appropriate business practices. As a result, certain commercial relationships we maintain may 
be disrupted or impacted by changes in third-parties’ business practices or perceptions of elevated risk relating to the debt 
collection industry, which could reduce our revenues, or increase our expenses, and consequently adversely affect our business, 
financial condition and operating results.
Additional consumer protection or privacy laws, rules and regulations may be enacted, or existing laws, rules or 
regulations may be amended, reinterpreted or enforced in a different manner, imposing additional restrictions or requirements 
on the collection of receivables. 
Any of the developments described above may adversely affect our ability to purchase and collect on receivables and may 
increase our costs associated with regulatory compliance, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and 
operating results.
Failure to comply with government regulation could result in the suspension, termination or impairment of our ability to 
conduct business, may require the payment of significant fines and penalties, or require other significant expenditures.
The U.S. collections industry is heavily regulated under various federal, state, and local laws, rules, and regulations. Many 
states and several cities require that we be licensed as a debt collection company. The CFPB, FTC, state Attorneys General and 
other regulatory bodies have the authority to investigate a variety of matters, including consumer complaints against debt 
collection companies, and can bring enforcement actions and seek monetary penalties, consumer restitution, and injunctive 
relief. If we, or our third-party collection agencies or law firms fail to comply with applicable laws, rules, and regulations, 
including, but not limited to, identity theft, privacy, data security, the use of automated dialing equipment, laws related to 
consumer protection, debt collection, and laws applicable to specific types of debt, it could result in the suspension or 
termination of our ability to conduct collection operations, which would adversely affect us. Further, our ability to collect our 
receivables may be affected by state laws, which require that certain types of account documentation be presented prior to the 
institution of any collection activities. 
Our failure or the failure of third-party agencies and attorneys, or the credit originators or portfolio resellers selling 
receivables to us, to comply with existing or new laws, rules, or regulations could limit our ability to recover on receivables, 
affect the willingness of financial institutions to sell portfolios to us, cause us to pay damages to consumers, necessitate ongoing 
adjustments to our policies and compliance programs, or result in fines or penalties, which could reduce our revenues, or 
increase our expenses, and consequently adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. For example, 
in 2020, the CFPB filed a lawsuit alleging that Encore and certain of our U.S. subsidiaries had violated a consent order (the 
“2015 Consent Order”) pursuant to which we had previously settled allegations raised by the CFPB arising from practices 
during the period between 2011 and 2015. In the lawsuit, the CFPB alleged that we did not perfectly adhere to certain 
operational provisions of the 2015 Consent Order, leading to alleged violations of federal consumer financial law. In 2020, we 
entered into a stipulated judgment (“Stipulated Judgment”) with the CFPB to resolve the lawsuit. The Stipulated Judgment 
required us to, among other things, continue to follow a narrow subset of the operational requirements contained in the 2015 
Consent Order, all of which have long been part of the Company’s routine practices and pay a $15.0 million civil monetary 
penalty.
In addition, new federal, state or local laws or regulations, or changes in the ways these rules or laws are interpreted or 
enforced, could limit our activities in the future and/or significantly increase the cost of regulatory compliance. 
Our operations outside the United States are subject to foreign and U.S. laws and regulations that apply to our 
international operations, including GDPR, the UK Consumer Credit Act, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the UK Bribery Act 
and other local laws prohibiting corrupt payments to government officials. Violations of these laws and regulations could result 
in fines and penalties, criminal sanctions, prohibitions on the conduct of our business and reputational damage.
The debt purchase and collections sector and the broader consumer credit industry in the United Kingdom, Ireland and the 
other European jurisdictions in which we operate are also highly regulated under various laws and regulations. This legislation 
is principles-based and therefore the interpretation of compliance is complex and may change over time. Failure to comply with 
any applicable laws, regulations, rules or contractual compliance obligations could result in investigations, information 
gathering, public censures, financial penalties, disciplinary measures, liability and/or enforcement actions, including licenses or 
permissions that we need to do business not being granted or being revoked or the suspension or termination of our ability to 
conduct collections. In addition, our debt purchase contracts with vendors include certain conditions and failure to comply or 
revocation of a permission or authorization, or other actions taken by us that may damage the reputation of the vendor, may 
entitle the vendor to terminate any agreements with us. Damage to our reputation, whether because of a failure to comply with 
Table of Contents
18

applicable laws, regulations or rules, revocation of a permission or authorization, any other regulatory action or our failure to 
comply with contractual compliance obligations, could deter vendors from choosing us as their debt purchase or collections 
provider.
Compliance with this extensive regulatory framework is expensive and labor-intensive. Any of the foregoing could have 
an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
We are subject to ongoing risks of regulatory investigations and litigation, including individual and class action lawsuits, 
under consumer credit, consumer protection, theft, privacy, data protection, collections, and other laws, and we may be 
subject to awards of substantial damages or be required to make other expenditures or change our business practices as a 
result.
We operate in an extremely litigious climate and currently are, and may in the future be, named as defendants in litigation, 
including individual and class action lawsuits under consumer credit, consumer protection, theft, privacy, data protection, 
automated dialing equipment, debt collections, and other laws. Some of these cases present novel issues on which there is no 
clear legal precedent, which increases the difficulty in predicting both the potential outcomes and costs of defending these 
cases. We are subject to ongoing risks of regulatory investigations, inquiries, litigation, and other actions by the CFPB, FTC, 
FCA, state Attorneys General, Central Bank of Ireland or other governmental bodies relating to our activities. For example, in 
September 2020 the CFPB filed a lawsuit alleging that Encore and certain of its US subsidiaries had violated the 2015 Consent 
Order and in October 2020 we entered into the Stipulated Judgment with the CFPB to resolve the lawsuit. These litigation and 
regulatory actions involve potential compensatory or punitive damage claims, fines, costs, sanctions, civil monetary penalties, 
consumer restitution, or injunctive relief, as well as other forms of relief, that could require us to pay damages, make other 
expenditures or result in changes to our business practices. Any changes to our business practices could result in lower 
collections, increased cost to collect or reductions in estimated remaining collections. Actual losses incurred by us in connection 
with judgments or settlements of these matters may be more than our associated reserves. Further, defending lawsuits and 
responding to governmental inquiries or investigations, regardless of their merit, could be costly and divert management’s 
attention from the operation of our business. All of these factors could have an adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and operating results. 
Negative publicity associated with litigation, governmental investigations, regulatory actions, cybersecurity breaches and 
other public statements could damage our reputation.
From time to time there are negative news stories about our industry or company, especially with respect to alleged 
conduct in collecting debt from consumers. These stories may follow the announcements of litigation or regulatory actions 
involving us or others in our industry. Negative publicity about our alleged or actual debt collection practices, the debt 
collection industry in general, our cybersecurity or any exfiltration or disclosure of sensitive data could adversely affect our 
stock price, our position in the marketplace in which we compete, and our ability to purchase charged-off receivables, any of 
which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Risks Related to Our Indebtedness and Common Stock
Our significant indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and could harm our ability to react to changes to 
our business.
As described in greater detail in “Note 6: Borrowings” to our consolidated financial statements, as of December 31, 2024, 
our total long-term indebtedness outstanding was approximately $3.7 billion. Our substantial indebtedness could have important 
consequences to investors. For example, it could:
•
increase our vulnerability to general economic downturns and industry conditions;
•
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, 
thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general 
corporate requirements;
•
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
•
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to competitors that have less debt; 
•
increase our exposure to market and regulatory changes that could diminish the amount and value of our inventory 
that we borrow against under our secured credit facilities; and
•
limit, along with the financial and other restrictive covenants contained in the documents governing our 
indebtedness, our ability to borrow additional funds, make investments and incur liens, among other things.
Any of these factors could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
Table of Contents
19

Servicing our indebtedness requires a significant amount of cash, and we may not have sufficient cash flow from our 
business to pay our substantial indebtedness.
Our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal of, to pay interest on or to refinance our indebtedness or to make 
cash payments in connection with any conversion of our convertible notes depends on our future performance, which is subject 
to economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond our control. Our business may not continue to generate cash flow 
from operations in the future sufficient to service our indebtedness and make necessary capital expenditures. If we are unable to 
generate adequate cash flow, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as selling assets, restructuring 
indebtedness or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. Our ability to refinance our 
indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at that time. We may not be able to engage in any 
of these activities or engage in these activities on desirable terms, which could result in a default on our debt obligations which 
could, in turn, adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
Despite our current indebtedness levels, we may still incur substantially more indebtedness or take other actions which 
would intensify the risks discussed above.
Despite our current consolidated indebtedness levels, we and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional 
indebtedness in the future. We are not restricted under the terms of the indentures governing our convertible notes from 
incurring additional indebtedness, securing existing or future indebtedness, recapitalizing our indebtedness or taking a number 
of other actions that could have the effect of diminishing our ability to make payments on our indebtedness. Although our credit 
facilities and other existing debt currently limit the ability of us and certain of our subsidiaries to incur certain additional 
indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions and, under certain circumstances, 
additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions, including additional secured indebtedness, could be 
substantial. Also, these restrictions will not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness. To the 
extent new indebtedness or other new obligations are added to our current levels, the risks described above could intensify. 
We may not be able to continue to satisfy the covenants in our debt agreements.
Our debt agreements impose a number of covenants, including restrictive covenants on how we operate our business. 
Failure to satisfy any one of these covenants could result in negative consequences including the following, each of which could 
have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results:
•
acceleration or amortization of outstanding indebtedness;
•
exercise by our lenders of rights with respect to the collateral pledged under certain of our outstanding 
indebtedness;
•
our inability to continue to purchase receivables needed to operate our business; 
•
decrease in the level of liquidity that can be accessed under certain of our debt agreements; or
•
our inability to secure alternative financing on favorable terms, if at all.
In particular, the Global Senior Facility also requires the Company and the guarantors to observe certain customary 
affirmative covenants, including three maintenance covenants. These require the Company to ensure that the LTV Ratio (as 
defined in the Global Senior Facility) does not exceed 0.75 and the SSRCF LTV Ratio (as defined in the Global Senior Facility) 
does not exceed 0.275. The Company is further required to maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Global 
Senior Facility) of at least 2.0. These financial covenants are, subject in the case of the LTV Ratio to a minimum drawing 
requirement, tested quarterly (or with respect to the SSRCF Ratio, monthly). The breach of any of these maintenance covenants 
could lead to the consequences referred to above.
Increases in interest rates could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
Portions of our outstanding debt bear interest at a variable rate. Increases in interest rates could increase our interest 
expense which would, in turn, lower our earnings. We may periodically evaluate whether to enter into derivative financial 
instruments, such as interest rate swap agreements, to reduce our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates on variable interest 
rate debt and their impact on earnings and cash flows. These strategies may not be effective in protecting us against the effects 
of fluctuations from movements in interest rates. Increases in interest rates could adversely affect our business, financial 
condition and operating results.
Our common stock price may be subject to significant fluctuations and volatility.
The market price of our common stock has been subject to significant fluctuations. These fluctuations could continue. 
Among the factors that could affect our stock price are:
Table of Contents
20

•
our operating and financial performance and prospects;
•
our ability to repay our debt;
•
our access to financial and capital markets to refinance our debt;
•
investor perceptions of us and the industry and markets in which we operate;
•
future sales of equity or equity-related securities;
•
changes in earnings estimates or buy/sell recommendations by analysts;
•
changes in the supply of, demand for or price of portfolios;
•
our acquisition activity, including our expansion into new markets;
•
regulatory changes affecting our industry generally or our business and operations;
•
political volatility or geopolitical tensions; 
•
general financial, domestic, international, economic and other market conditions; and
•
the number of short positions on our stock at any particular time.
The stock market in recent years has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated 
to the operating performance of companies. The market price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly for many 
reasons, including in response to the risks described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, elsewhere in our filings with the SEC 
from time to time or for reasons unrelated to our operations, such as reports by industry analysts, investor perceptions or 
negative announcements by our customers, competitors or suppliers regarding their own performance, as well as industry 
conditions and general financial, economic and political instability.
The price of our common stock could also be affected by possible sales of our common stock by investors who view our 
convertible notes as a more attractive means of equity participation in us and by hedging or arbitrage trading activity that we 
expect to develop involving our common stock.
If securities or industry analysts have a negative outlook regarding our stock or our industry, or our operating results do 
not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline. The trading market for our common stock is influenced by the 
research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us. If one or more of the analysts who cover our company 
downgrade our stock or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.
Future sales of our common stock or the issuance of other equity securities may adversely affect the market price of our 
common stock.
In the future, we may sell additional shares of our common stock or other equity or equity-related securities to raise 
capital or issue equity securities to finance acquisitions. In addition, a substantial number of shares of our common stock are 
reserved for issuance upon conversion of our convertible notes. We are not restricted from issuing additional common stock, 
including securities that are convertible into, or that represent the right to receive, common stock.
The liquidity and trading volume of our common stock is limited. The issuance or sale of substantial amounts of our 
common stock or other equity or equity-related securities (or the perception that such issuances or sales may occur) could 
adversely affect the market price of our common stock as well as our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity 
or equity-related securities. We cannot predict the effect that future issuances or sales of our common stock or other equity or 
equity-related securities would have on the market price of our common stock.
We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to repurchase our notes upon a fundamental change or change of 
control or to settle conversions in cash, and our future indebtedness may contain limitations on our ability to pay cash upon 
conversion of our convertible notes.
Holders of our notes will have the right to require us to repurchase their notes upon the occurrence of a fundamental 
change or a change of control at a repurchase price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if 
any. In addition, upon a conversion of notes we will be required to make cash payments for each $1,000 in principal amount of 
notes converted of at least the lesser of $1,000 and the sum of certain daily conversion values. However, we may not have 
enough available cash or be able to obtain financing at the time we are required to make repurchases of the notes surrendered 
therefor or to settle conversions in cash. In addition, certain of our debt agreements contain restrictive covenants that limit our 
ability to engage in specified types of transactions, which may affect our ability to repurchase our notes. Further, our ability to 
repurchase our notes or to pay cash upon conversion may be limited by law, by regulatory authority or by agreements 
governing our future indebtedness. Our failure to repurchase the notes or to pay cash upon conversion of the notes at a time 
when the repurchase or cash payment upon conversion is required by any indenture pursuant to which the notes were offered 
Table of Contents
21

would constitute a default under the relevant indenture. Such default could constitute a default under other agreements 
governing our indebtedness. If the repayment of any indebtedness were to be accelerated, we may not have sufficient funds to 
repay such indebtedness and repurchase the notes.
Provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law may delay or prevent acquisition of us, which could decrease the 
value of shares of our common stock.
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a 
third party to acquire us without the consent of our Board of Directors. These provisions include advance notice provisions, 
limitations on actions by our stockholders by written consent and special approval requirements for transactions involving 
interested stockholders. We are authorized to issue up to five million shares of preferred stock, the relative rights and 
preferences of which may be fixed by our Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of our articles of incorporation, without 
stockholder approval. The issuance of preferred stock could be used to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer. 
The provisions that discourage potential acquisitions of us and adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common 
stock may adversely affect the price of our common stock.
General
We are dependent on our management team for the adoption and implementation of our strategies and the loss of its 
services could have an adverse effect on our business.
Our management team has considerable experience in finance, banking, consumer collections, and other industries. We 
believe that the expertise of our executives obtained by managing businesses across numerous other industries has been critical 
to the enhancement of our operations. Our management team has created a culture of new ideas and progressive thinking, 
coupled with increased use of technology and statistical analysis. The management teams at each of our operating subsidiaries 
are also important to the success of their respective operations. The loss of the services of one or more key members of 
management could disrupt our collective operations and seriously impair our ability to continue to acquire or collect on 
portfolios of charged-off receivables and to manage and expand our business, any of which could have an adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition and operating results. 
We may not be able to recruit and retain key employees and workers in a competitive labor market.
If we cannot successfully recruit and retain key employees and workers, or if we experience the unexpected loss of those 
employees, our operations may be negatively affected. In addition, cost inflation may require us to enhance our compensation 
in order to compete effectively in the hiring and retention of employees.
We may make acquisitions that prove unsuccessful and any mergers, acquisitions, dispositions or joint venture activities may 
change our business and financial results and introduce new risks.
From time to time, we may make acquisitions of, or otherwise invest in, other companies that could complement our 
business, including the acquisition of entities in diverse geographic regions and entities offering greater access to businesses 
and markets that we do not currently serve. The acquisitions we make may be unprofitable or may take some time to achieve 
profitability. In addition, we may not successfully operate the businesses that we acquire, or may not successfully integrate 
these businesses with our own, which may result in our inability to maintain our goals, objectives, standards, controls, policies, 
culture, or profitability. Through acquisitions, we may enter markets in which we have limited or no experience. Any 
acquisition may result in a potentially dilutive issuance of equity securities, and the incurrence of additional debt which could 
reduce our profitability. We also pursue dispositions and joint ventures from time to time. Any such transactions could change 
our business lines, geographic reach, financial results or capital structure. Our company could be larger or smaller after any 
such transactions and may have a different investment profile.
An impairment of goodwill could negatively impact our financial results.
We have a significant amount of goodwill. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level annually and in 
interim periods if certain events occur that indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit may be below its carrying value. The 
goodwill test compares the fair value for each of our reporting units to its associated carrying value. Determining the fair value 
of a reporting unit requires us to make judgments and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. Adverse 
changes in the Company’s actual or expected operating results, market capitalization, business climate, economic factors or 
other negative events that may be outside the control of management could result in a material non-cash impairment charge in 
the future. We recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $100.6 million at the Cabot reporting unit during the fourth quarter of 
2024. We had previously recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $238.2 million at the Cabot reporting unit in the fourth 
quarter of 2023. There can be no assurance that we will not be required to take an additional impairment charge in the future, 
which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. 
Table of Contents
22

We may consume resources in pursuing business opportunities, financings or other transactions that are not consummated, 
which may strain or divert our resources.
We anticipate that the investigation of various transactions, and the negotiation, drafting, and execution of relevant 
agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments with respect to such transactions, will require substantial management 
time and attention and substantial costs for financial advisors, accountants, attorneys and other advisors. If a decision is made 
not to consummate a specific transaction, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be 
recoverable. Furthermore, even if an agreement is reached relating to a specific transaction, we may fail to consummate the 
transaction for any number of reasons, including those beyond our control. Any such event could consume significant 
management time and result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred, which could adversely affect our financial position and 
our business.
Failure to establish and maintain effective internal controls could have a material adverse effect on the accuracy and timing 
of our financial reporting in future periods. 
As a publicly traded company, we are subject to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley Act”). The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure 
controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Any failure to maintain such internal controls could 
adversely impact our ability to report our financial results on a timely and accurate basis. Any such failures could have a 
material adverse effect on our financial results and investor confidence and the market for our common stock.
Table of Contents
23

Item 1B—Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 1C—Cybersecurity
Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy
We have developed and implemented a cybersecurity risk management program intended to protect the confidentiality, 
integrity, and availability of our critical systems and information. We design and assess our program based on the National 
Institute of Standards and Technology Cybersecurity Framework (“NIST CSF”). This does not imply that we meet any 
particular technical standards, specifications, or requirements, only that we use the NIST CSF as a guide to help us identify, 
assess, and manage cybersecurity risks relevant to our business.
Our cybersecurity risk management program is integrated into our overall enterprise risk management program, and 
shares common methodologies, reporting channels and governance processes that apply across the enterprise risk management 
program to other legal, compliance, strategic, operational, and financial risk areas.
Our cybersecurity risk management program includes:
•
risk assessments designed to help identify material cybersecurity risks to our critical systems and our broader 
enterprise IT environment;
•
a security team principally responsible for implementing and managing (1) our cybersecurity risk assessment 
processes, (2) our security controls, (3) technical security tools and safeguards and (4) our response to cybersecurity 
incidents;
•
reviews and audits by our internal audit department;
•
the use of external service providers, where appropriate, to assess, test or otherwise assist with aspects of our security 
controls;
•
cybersecurity awareness training of our employees, incident response personnel, and senior management; 
•
a cybersecurity incident response plan that includes procedures for responding to cybersecurity incidents; and
•
a third-party risk management and oversight process for service providers, suppliers, and vendors.
We have experienced, and will continue to experience, cybersecurity incidents from time to time in the normal course of 
business. However, based on our assessments, these incidents have not had a material impact, and we do not believe the 
incidents have materially affected or will materially affect us, including our operations, business strategy, results of operations 
or financial condition. For more information regarding risks we face from cybersecurity threats, please see Item 1A- Risk 
Factors.
Cybersecurity Governance
Our Board considers cybersecurity risk as part of its risk oversight function and has delegated the oversight of 
cybersecurity and other information technology risks to the Risk Committee. The Risk Committee oversees management’s 
implementation of our cybersecurity risk management program. 
The Risk Committee receives regular reports from management on our cybersecurity risks. In addition, management 
updates the Risk Committee, as necessary, regarding significant cybersecurity incidents. 
The Risk Committee regularly reports to the full Board regarding its activities, including those related to cybersecurity. 
The full Board also receives briefings from management on our risk management program. Board members receive 
presentations on cybersecurity topics from management, internal security staff or external experts as part of the Board’s 
continuing education on topics that impact public companies.
Table of Contents
24

Our Chief Information Officer, Chief Risk, Strategy and Compliance Officer and General Counsel, are primarily 
responsible for assessing and managing our material risks from cybersecurity threats. Our Chief Information Officer has 
primary responsibility for our overall cybersecurity program and supervises both our internal cybersecurity personnel and our 
retained external cybersecurity consultants. Our Chief Risk, Strategy and Compliance Officer has primary responsibility for our 
enterprise risk management program, including oversight of our cybersecurity risk management program. Our general counsel 
has primary responsibility for legal assessments, including assessments related to cybersecurity matters. Such individuals have 
an average of over 15 years of prior work experience in various roles involving information technology (including information 
security), risk and compliance or legal and risk analysis. 
This team supervises efforts to prevent, detect, mitigate, and remediate cybersecurity risks and incidents through various 
means, which may include briefings from internal security personnel; threat intelligence and other information obtained from 
governmental, public or private sources, including external consultants engaged by us; and alerts and reports produced by 
security tools deployed in the IT environment.  
Item 2—Properties
We lease office space for our corporate headquarters in San Diego, California. We also lease office space for our call 
centers, internal legal and consumer support services in the United States, Costa Rica, India, the United Kingdom and other 
European countries. We believe that our current leased facilities are generally well maintained and in good operating condition. 
We believe that these facilities are suitable and sufficient for our operational needs. Our policy is to improve, replace, and 
supplement the facilities as considered appropriate to meet the needs of our operations.
Item 3—Legal Proceedings
We are involved in disputes, legal actions, regulatory investigations, inquiries, and other actions from time to time in the 
ordinary course of business. Although no assurance can be given with respect to the outcome of these or any other actions and 
the effect such outcomes may have, based on our current knowledge, we believe any liability resulting from the outcome of 
such disputes, legal actions, regulatory investigations, inquiries, and other actions will not have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial position or results of operations.
For additional information see “Note 13: Commitments and Contingencies” to the consolidated financial statements.
Item 4—Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
Table of Contents
25

PART II
Item 5—Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities
Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ECPG.”
The closing price of our common stock on February 20, 2025, was $50.01 per share and there were 21 stockholders of 
record. Because many of our shares of common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we 
are unable to estimate the total number of beneficial owners of our stock represented by these stockholders of record.
Performance Graph
The following performance graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or “filed” with the 
SEC, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each, as amended, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into 
such filing.
The following graph compares the total cumulative stockholder return on our common stock for the period from 
December 31, 2019 through December 31, 2024, with the cumulative total return of (a) the NASDAQ Composite Index, (b) a 
peer group consisting of B2Impact, Hoist Finance, Intrum, Kruk and PRA Group, Inc. which we believe are comparable 
companies. The comparison assumes that $100 was invested on December 31, 2019, in our common stock and in each of the 
comparison indices (including reinvestment of dividends). The stock price performance reflected in the following graph is not 
necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.
12/19
12/20
12/21
12/22
12/23
12/24
Encore Capital Group, Inc.
$ 
100.00 $ 
110.15 $ 
175.65 $ 
135.56 $ 
143.51 $ 
135.08 
NASDAQ Composite Index
$ 
100.00 $ 
144.92 $ 
177.06 $ 
119.45 $ 
172.77 $ 
223.87 
Peer Group
$ 
100.00 $ 
96.12 $ 
117.10 $ 
77.39 $ 
83.30 $ 
74.13 
Table of Contents
26

Dividend Policy
As a public company, we have never declared or paid dividends on our common stock. The declaration, payment, and 
amount of future dividends, if any, is subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors, which may review our dividend policy 
from time to time in light of the then existing relevant facts and circumstances. Our ability to pay dividends may be restricted 
by covenants in certain of the indentures governing our senior secured notes and by the terms of our global senior secured 
revolving credit facility (“Global Senior Facility”). We may also be subject to additional dividend restrictions under future debt 
agreements or the terms of securities we may issue in the future.
Share Repurchases
As announced in May 2021, our Board of Directors has approved a $300.0 million share repurchase program. 
Repurchases under this program are expected to be made from cash on hand and/or a drawing from our Global Senior Facility, 
and may be made from time to time, subject to market conditions and other factors, in the open market, through private 
transactions, block transactions, or other methods as determined by management and our Board of Directors, and in accordance 
with market conditions, other corporate considerations, and applicable regulatory requirements. The program does not obligate 
us to acquire any particular amount of common stock, and it may be modified or suspended at any time at our discretion. 
During the year ended December 31, 2022, we repurchased 1,497,184 shares of our common stock for approximately $86.9 
million under the share repurchase program. We did not make any repurchases under the share repurchase program during the 
years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024. As of December 31, 2024, we had remaining authority to purchase $91.9 million of 
our common stock. Our practice is to retire the shares repurchased. 
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities 
None.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
See Item 12—“Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.”
Item 6—[Reserved]
Table of Contents
27

Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis is intended to help investors understand our business, financial condition, results of 
operations, liquidity and capital resources. You should read this discussion together with our consolidated financial statements 
and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains 
“forward-looking statements” relating to Encore Capital Group, Inc. (“Encore”) and its subsidiaries (which we may 
collectively refer to as the “Company,” “we,” “our” or “us”) within the meaning of the securities laws. The words “believe,” 
“expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “project,” “intend,” “plan,” “will,” “may,” and similar expressions often characterize 
forward-looking statements. These statements may include, but are not limited to, projections of collections, revenues, income 
or loss, estimates of capital expenditures, plans for future operations, products or services, and financing needs or plans, as 
well as assumptions relating to these matters. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking 
statements are reasonable, we caution that these expectations or predictions may not prove to be correct or we may not achieve 
the financial results, savings or other benefits anticipated in the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements 
are necessarily estimates reflecting the best judgment of our senior management and involve a number of risks and 
uncertainties, some of which may be beyond our control or cannot be predicted or quantified, that could cause actual results to 
differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements. Many factors including, but not limited to, those set 
forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K under “Part I, Item 1A—Risk Factors,” could cause our actual results, performance, 
achievements, or industry results to be very different from the results, performance, achievements or industry results expressed 
or implied by these forward-looking statements. Our business, financial condition, or results of operations could also be 
materially and adversely affected by other factors besides those listed. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date 
the statements were made. We do not undertake any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect 
new information or future events, or for any other reason, even if experience or future events make it clear that any expected 
results expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements will not be realized. In addition, it is generally our policy not 
to make any specific projections as to future earnings, and we do not endorse projections regarding future performance that 
may be made by third parties.
Our Business
We are an international specialty finance company providing debt recovery solutions and other related services for 
consumers across a broad range of financial assets. We primarily purchase portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables at deep 
discounts to face value and manage them by working with individuals as they repay their obligations and work toward financial 
recovery. Defaulted receivables are consumers’ unpaid financial commitments to credit originators, including banks, credit 
unions, consumer finance companies and commercial retailers. Defaulted receivables may also include receivables subject to 
bankruptcy proceedings. We also provide debt servicing and other portfolio management services to credit originators for non-
performing loans in Europe. 
Encore Capital Group, Inc. (“Encore”) has three business units: MCM, which consists of Midland Credit Management, 
Inc. and its subsidiaries and domestic affiliates; Cabot, which consists of Cabot Credit Management Limited (“CCM”) and its 
subsidiaries and European affiliates, and LAAP, which is comprised of our investments and operations in Latin America and 
Asia-Pacific. 
MCM (United States)
Through MCM, we are a market leader in portfolio purchasing and recovery in the United States.
Cabot (Europe)
Through Cabot, we are one of the largest credit management services providers in Europe and the United Kingdom. 
Cabot, in addition to its primary business of portfolio purchasing and recovery, also provides a range of debt servicing offerings 
such as early stage collections, business process outsourcing (“BPO”), and contingent collections, including through Wescot 
Credit Services Limited (“Wescot”). 
LAAP (Latin America and Asia-Pacific)
We have purchased non-performing loans in Mexico. Additionally, we have a subsidiary Encore Asset Reconstruction 
Company (“EARC”) in India.
To date, operating results from LAAP have not been significant to our total consolidated operating results. Our long-term 
growth strategy is focused on continuing to invest in our core portfolio purchasing and recovery business in the United States 
and United Kingdom and strengthening and developing our business in the rest of Europe. 
Table of Contents
28

Government Regulation
As discussed in more detail under “Part I - Item 1—Business - Government Regulation” contained in this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K, our operations in the United States are subject to federal, state and municipal statutes, rules, regulations and 
ordinances that establish specific guidelines and procedures that debt purchasers and collectors must follow when collecting 
consumer accounts, including among others, specific guidelines and procedures for communicating with consumers and 
prohibitions on unfair, deceptive or abusive debt collection practices. Additionally, our operations in Europe are affected by 
foreign statutes, rules and regulations regarding debt collection and debt purchase activities. These statutes, rules, regulations, 
ordinances, guidelines and procedures are modified from time to time by the relevant authorities charged with their 
administration, which could affect the way we conduct our business.
Portfolio Purchasing and Recovery
MCM (United States)
In the United States, the defaulted consumer receivable portfolios we purchase are primarily charged-off credit card debt 
portfolios. A small percentage of our capital deployment in the United States is comprised of receivable portfolios subject to 
Chapter 13 and Chapter 7 bankruptcy proceedings.
We purchase receivables based on robust, account-level valuation methods and employ proprietary statistical and 
behavioral models across our U.S. operations. These methods and models generally allow us to value portfolios accurately 
(limiting the risk of overpaying), avoid buying portfolios that are incompatible with our methods or strategies and align the 
accounts we purchase with our business channels to maximize future collections. As a result, we have generally been able to 
realize significant returns from the receivables we acquire. We maintain strong relationships with many of the largest financial 
service providers in the United States.
Cabot (Europe)
In Europe, our purchased defaulted debt portfolios primarily consist of credit card and consumer loan accounts. We 
purchase receivable portfolios using a proprietary pricing model that utilizes account-level statistical and behavioral data. This 
model generally allows us to value portfolios accurately and quantify portfolio performance in order to maximize future 
collections. As a result, we have generally been able to realize significant returns from the assets we have acquired. We 
maintain strong relationships with many of the largest financial services providers in the United Kingdom and Europe.
Purchases and Collections
Portfolio Pricing, Supply and Demand
MCM (United States)
With lending reaching record levels and the highest U.S. charge-off rate in ten years, supply remains elevated at a record 
level. Issuers have continued to sell predominantly fresh portfolios. Fresh portfolios are portfolios that are generally sold within 
six months of the consumer’s account being charged-off by the financial institution. Pricing in the fourth quarter remained at 
favorable levels as a result of elevated market supply. Issuers continue to sell their volume in mostly forward flow arrangements 
that are often committed early in the calendar year. We believe growth in lending and rising delinquency rates will drive 
continued growth in supply. 
We believe that smaller competitors continue to face difficulties in the portfolio purchasing market because of the high 
cost to operate due to regulatory pressure and increasing cost of capital. We believe this favors larger participants, like MCM, 
because the larger market participants are better able to adapt to these pressures and commit to larger forward flow agreements 
and fluctuating volumes.
Cabot (Europe)
The UK market for charged-off portfolios generally provides a relatively consistent pipeline of opportunities, despite a 
historically low level of charge-off rates, as creditors had embedded debt sales as an integral part of their business models. The 
percentage of volume that is sold in multi-year forward flow arrangements is increasing.
France and Spain continue to be two of the largest markets in Europe with significant portfolio sales. Financial institutions 
continue to look to dispose of non-performing loans in these markets.
While we have seen sales activity across all of our European markets, underlying default rates are generally low by 
historic levels, and consumer lending volumes have stagnated. Sales levels are expected to fluctuate from quarter to quarter. In 
Table of Contents
29

general, portfolio pricing remains competitive across our European footprint, constraining the amount of capital we can deploy 
in Europe.
Purchases by Geographic Location
The following table summarizes purchases of receivable portfolios by geographic location during the periods presented (in 
thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
MCM (United States)
$ 
998,853 $ 
814,557 $ 
556,000 
Cabot (Europe)
 
353,182  
259,255  
244,507 
Total purchases of receivable portfolios
$ 
1,352,035 $ 
1,073,812 $ 
800,507 
In the United States, capital deployment increased during both the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared to 2023, 
and during the year ended December 31, 2023, as compared to 2022. The majority of our deployments in the U.S. come from 
forward flow agreements, and the timing, contract duration, and volumes for each contract can fluctuate leading to variation 
when comparing to prior periods. Portfolio purchases in the U.S. were robust as supply increased and pricing remained at 
favorable levels. 
In Europe, capital deployment increased during both the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared to 2023, and during 
the year ended December 31, 2023, as compared to 2022. Pricing continues to remain competitive in our European footprint; 
constraining the amount of capital we can deploy in Europe. Capital deployment stayed relatively limited during the nine 
months ended September 30, 2024. During the fourth quarter of 2024, we made three large spot purchases totaling 
approximately $145.4 million and as a result, capital deployment increased by $93.9 million during the year ended 
December 31, 2024, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. 
Collections from Purchased Receivables by Channel and Geographic Location
We utilize three channels for the collection of our purchased receivables: call center and digital collections; legal 
collections; and collection agencies. The call center and digital collections channel consists of collections that result from our 
call centers, direct mail program and online collections. The legal collections channel consists of collections that result from our 
internal legal channel or from our network of retained law firms. The collection agencies channel consists of collections from 
third-party collections agencies to whom we pay a fee or commission. We utilize this channel to supplement capacity in our 
internal call centers, to service accounts in regions where we do not have collections operations or for accounts purchased 
where we maintain the collection agency servicing relationship. 
The following table summarizes the total collections by collection channel and geographic area during the periods 
presented (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
MCM (United States):
Call center and digital collections
$ 
991,051 $ 
783,164 $ 
772,728 
Legal collections
 
560,699  
526,197  
581,078 
Collection agencies
 
19,904  
5,221  
1,126 
Subtotal
 
1,571,654  
1,314,582  
1,354,932 
Cabot (Europe):
Call center and digital collections
 
249,472  
217,784  
203,378 
Legal collections
 
200,211  
189,406  
193,348 
Collection agencies
 
138,348  
136,841  
156,545 
Subtotal
 
588,031  
544,031  
553,271 
Other geographies:
 
2,793  
3,954  
3,334 
Total collections from purchased receivables
$ 
2,162,478 $ 
1,862,567 $ 
1,911,537 
Gross collections from purchased receivables increased by $299.9 million, or 16.1%, to $2,162.5 million during the year 
ended December 31, 2024, from $1,862.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in collections in the 
United States was primarily a result of consistent increases in capital deployments in the United States in recent years. The 
Table of Contents
30

increase in collections from purchased receivables in Europe was primarily due to the acquisition of portfolios with higher 
returns in recent periods. Additionally, collections in Europe were favorably impacted by foreign currency translation by 
approximately $10.5 million, during the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily as a result of the weakening of the U.S. 
dollar against the British Pound by approximately 2.7% for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended 
December 31, 2023.
Gross collections from purchased receivables remained relatively stable during the year ended December 31, 2023, as 
compared to gross collections during the year ended December 31, 2022. 
Results of Operations
Results of operations, in dollars and as a percentage of total revenues, were as follows for the periods presented (in 
thousands, except percentages):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
Revenues
Revenue from receivable portfolios
$ 1,302,567 
 99.0 % $ 1,204,437 
 98.5 % $ 1,202,361 
 85.9 %
Changes in recoveries
 
(89,740) 
 (6.8) %  
(82,530) 
 (6.7) %  
93,145 
 6.7 %
Total debt purchasing revenue
 1,212,827 
 92.2 %  1,121,907 
 91.8 %  1,295,506 
 92.6 %
Servicing revenue
 
84,783 
 6.4 %  
83,136 
 6.8 %  
94,922 
 6.8 %
Other revenues
 
18,751 
 1.4 %  
17,637 
 1.4 %  
7,919 
 0.6 %
Total revenues
 1,316,361 
 100.0 %  1,222,680 
 100.0 %  1,398,347 
 100.0 %
Operating expenses
Salaries and employee benefits
 
422,910 
 32.1 %  
391,532 
 32.0 %  
375,135 
 26.8 %
Cost of legal collections
 
259,298 
 19.7 %  
224,252 
 18.3 %  
217,944 
 15.6 %
General and administrative expenses  
163,847 
 12.4 %  
144,862 
 11.8 %  
145,798 
 10.4 %
Other operating expenses
 
130,802 
 9.9 %  
111,179 
 9.1 %  
111,234 
 8.0 %
Collection agency commissions
 
30,596 
 2.3 %  
35,657 
 2.9 %  
35,568 
 2.5 %
Depreciation and amortization
 
32,434 
 2.5 %  
41,737 
 3.4 %  
46,419 
 3.3 %
Goodwill impairment
 
100,600 
 7.6 %  
238,200 
 19.5 %  
— 
 — %
Impairment of assets
 
18,544 
 1.4 %  
18,726 
 1.5 %  
4,075 
 0.3 %
Total operating expenses
 1,159,031 
 87.9 %  1,206,145 
 98.5 %  
936,173 
 66.9 %
Income from operations
 
157,330 
 12.1 %  
16,535 
 1.5 %  
462,174 
 33.1 %
Other expense
Interest expense
 
(252,545) 
 (19.2) %  
(201,877) 
 (16.5) %  
(153,308) 
 (11.0) %
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
(7,832) 
 (0.6) %  
— 
 — %  
— 
 — %
Other income
 
6,832 
 0.4 %  
5,078 
 0.3 %  
2,123 
 0.1 %
Total other expense
 
(253,545) 
 (19.4) %  
(196,799) 
 (16.2) %  
(151,185) 
 (10.9) %
(Loss) income before income taxes
 
(96,215) 
 (7.3) %  
(180,264) 
 (14.7) %  
310,989 
 22.2 %
Provision for income taxes
 
(43,029) 
 (3.3) %  
(26,228) 
 (2.1) %  
(116,425) 
 (8.3) %
Net (loss) income
$ (139,244) 
 (10.6) % $ (206,492) 
 (16.8) % $ 194,564 
 13.9 %
Table of Contents
31

Comparison of Results of Operations
Our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 includes discussion and analysis of our financial 
condition and results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 in 
Item 7 of Part II, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
Year Ended December 31, 2024 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2023
Revenues
Our revenues primarily include debt purchasing revenue, which is revenue recognized from engaging in debt purchasing 
and recovery activities. We apply our charge-off policy and fully write-off the amortized costs (i.e., face value net of noncredit 
discount) of the individual receivables we acquire immediately after purchasing the portfolio. We then record a negative 
allowance that represents the present value of all expected future recoveries for pools of receivables that share similar risk 
characteristics using a discounted cash flow approach, which is presented as “Investment in receivable portfolios, net” in our 
consolidated statements of financial condition. The discount rate is an effective interest rate (or “purchase EIR”) established 
based on the purchase price of the portfolio and the expected future cash flows at the time of purchase. 
Debt purchasing revenue includes two components: 
(1)  Revenue from receivable portfolios, which is the accretion of the discount on the negative allowance due to the passage 
of time (generally the portfolio balance multiplied by the EIR), and 
(2)  Changes in recoveries, which includes: 
(a)  Recoveries above (below) forecast, which is the difference between (i) actual cash collected/recovered during the 
current period and (ii) expected cash recoveries for the current period, which generally represents over or under 
performance for the period; and 
(b)  Changes in expected future recoveries, which is the present value change of expected future recoveries, where 
such change generally results from (i) collections “pulled forward from” or “pushed out to” future periods (i.e. 
amounts either collected early or expected to be collected later) and (ii) magnitude and timing changes to 
estimates of expected future collections (which can be increases or decreases).
Certain pools already fully recovered their cost basis and became zero basis portfolios (“ZBA”) prior to our adoption of 
the accounting standard for Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (“CECL”) in January 2020. We did not establish a negative 
allowance for these pools as we elected the Transition Resource Group for Credit Losses’ practical expedient to retain the 
integrity of these legacy pools. Similar to how we treated ZBA collections prior to the adoption of CECL, all subsequent 
collections to the ZBA pools are recognized as ZBA revenue, which is included in revenue from receivable portfolios in our 
consolidated statements of operations. We expect our ZBA revenue to continue to decline as we collect on these legacy pools. 
We do not expect to have new ZBA pools in the future.
Servicing revenue consists primarily of fee-based income earned on accounts collected on behalf of others, primarily 
credit originators. We earn fee-based income by providing debt servicing (such as early stage collections, BPO, contingent 
collections, trace services and litigation activities) to credit originators for non-performing loans in Europe. 
Other revenues primarily include revenues recognized from the sale of real estate assets that are acquired as a result of our 
investments in non-performing secured residential mortgage portfolios and real estate assets in Europe and LAAP. 
Table of Contents
32

The following table summarizes revenues for the periods presented (in thousands, except percentages):
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
$ Change
% Change
Revenue recognized from portfolio basis
$ 
1,279,467 $ 
1,176,835 $ 
102,632 
 8.7 %
ZBA revenue
 
23,100  
27,602  
(4,502) 
 (16.3) %
Revenue from receivable portfolios
 
1,302,567  
1,204,437  
98,130 
 8.1 %
Recoveries above (below) forecast
 
78,202  
(33,405)  
111,607 
Changes in expected future recoveries
 
(167,942)  
(49,125)  
(118,817) 
Changes in recoveries
 
(89,740)  
(82,530)  
(7,210) 
 8.7 %
Debt purchasing revenue
 
1,212,827  
1,121,907  
90,920 
 8.1 %
Servicing revenue
 
84,783  
83,136  
1,647 
 2.0 %
Other revenues
 
18,751  
17,637  
1,114 
 6.3 %
Total revenues
$ 
1,316,361 $ 
1,222,680 $ 
93,681 
 7.7 %
Our operating results are impacted by foreign currency translation, which represents the effect of translating operating 
results where the functional currency is different than our U.S. dollar reporting currency. The strengthening of the U.S. dollar 
relative to other foreign currencies has an unfavorable impact on our international revenues, and the weakening of the U.S. 
dollar relative to other foreign currencies has a favorable impact on our international revenues. Our revenue was favorably 
impacted by foreign currency translation by approximately $6.2 million, during the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily as 
a result of the weakening of the U.S. dollar against the British Pound by approximately 2.7% for the year ended December 31, 
2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023.
The increase in revenue recognized from portfolio basis during the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared to the 
year ended December 31, 2023, was primarily due to a higher portfolio basis (i.e. a higher investment in receivable balance) in 
the U.S. driven by a consistent higher volume of purchases in recent years.
Recoveries above or below forecast represent over and under-performance in the reporting period, respectively and are 
expected to vary from period to period. Collections over-performed the forecasted collections by approximately $78.2 million 
during the year ended December 31, 2024. Collections under-performed the forecasted collections by approximately $33.4 
million during the year ended December 31, 2023. The over and under performance in the periods presented represented only a 
small fraction of total collections in the corresponding periods. 
We reassess the forecasts of expected lifetime recoveries each quarter by considering, among other factors, historical and 
current collection performance, changes in consumer behaviors, and macroeconomic environment. During the fourth quarter of 
2024, we deployed a new U.K. forecasting model that develops expected future recoveries for investment in receivable 
portfolios at Cabot. The new model update was primarily driven by recent changes in Cabot as it continues to acquire portfolios 
that have more dynamic characteristics and are better forecasted utilizing a model that processes data inputs at a more granular 
level. As part of the new model development process, management updated certain model inputs driven by collection 
experience, operational performance and recent changes in collection strategies. This new forecasting model was applied to all 
vintages, which resulted in a change in the estimate of expected future recoveries. This change in accounting estimate reduced 
Cabot’s estimated remaining collections by $361.6 million, which when discounted to present value, resulted in a negative 
change in expected future recoveries of $75.3 million. Additionally, we recognized approximately $22.2 million of negative 
changes in expected future recoveries resulting from the sale of our investment in receivable portfolios associated with the exit 
of our Italian debt purchasing and recovery business in November 2024. These significant changes in expected recoveries at 
Cabot during the fourth quarter of 2024, combined with changes driven by recurring reassessments of the expected future 
recoveries, reduced Cabot’s total estimated remaining collections by $452.9 million, which when discounted to present value, 
resulted in a net negative change in expected future recoveries of $129.1 million during the fourth quarter of 2024.
As a result of all the above during the fourth quarter, and the negative changes recorded during the previous quarters in 
2024, we recorded a total net negative change in expected future recoveries of approximately $167.9 million during the year 
ended December 31, 2024. We recorded approximately $49.1 million in net negative change in expected future recoveries 
during the year ended December 31, 2023.
Table of Contents
33

The following tables summarize collections from purchased receivables, revenue from receivable portfolios, end of 
period receivable balance and other related supplemental data, by year of purchase (in thousands, except percentages): 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2024
As of December 31, 2024
 
Collections
Revenue from 
Receivable 
Portfolios
Changes in 
Recoveries
Investment in 
Receivable 
Portfolios
Monthly EIR
United States:
ZBA
$ 
23,097 $ 
23,097 $ 
— $ 
— 
 — %
2011
 
10,113  
8,961  
973  
822 
 88.6 %
2012
 
10,487  
10,436  
(876)  
1,542 
 42.0 %
2013
 
26,140  
23,173  
1,541  
4,173 
 40.5 %
2014
 
16,983  
11,294  
2,158  
12,741 
 6.7 %
2015
 
15,890  
7,899  
4,089  
15,137 
 3.9 %
2016
 
27,972  
14,463  
5,068  
25,059 
 4.2 %
2017
 
40,123  
24,203  
3,683  
30,546 
 5.6 %
2018
 
64,231  
34,103  
4,148  
57,724 
 4.0 %
2019
 
112,391  
61,473  
(1,517)  
108,256 
 3.8 %
2020
 
127,555  
69,461  
(2,867)  
126,055 
 3.7 %
2021
 
131,870  
69,185  
6,921  
119,734 
 3.9 %
2022
 
254,329  
121,998  
(2,765)  
262,669 
 3.1 %
2023
 
471,838  
277,750  
16,152  
610,793 
 3.3 %
2024
 
238,635  
173,924  
23,821  
954,105 
 3.4 %
Subtotal
 
1,571,654  
931,420  
60,529  
2,329,356 
 3.6 %
Europe:
ZBA
 
3  
3  
—  
— 
 — %
2013
 
53,805  
46,361  
(18,377)  
97,720 
 3.2 %
2014
 
50,220  
40,518  
(19,840)  
87,270 
 3.0 %
2015
 
34,541  
24,845  
(10,459)  
67,144 
 2.5 %
2016
 
30,143  
22,156  
(7,416)  
56,323 
 2.7 %
2017
 
41,211  
25,293  
(8,463)  
92,872 
 1.9 %
2018
 
42,379  
26,759  
(27,184)  
107,036 
 1.6 %
2019
 
47,174  
27,687  
(10,131)  
100,030 
 1.9 %
2020
 
31,454  
20,055  
(11,885)  
53,577 
 2.2 %
2021
 
52,278  
34,892  
(21,063)  
116,711 
 1.9 %
2022
 
64,555  
34,045  
(14,916)  
142,813 
 1.5 %
2023
 
89,799  
39,774  
(3,124)  
187,267 
 1.5 %
2024
 
50,469  
28,759  
361  
321,419 
 2.2 %
Subtotal
 
588,031  
371,147  
(152,497)  
1,430,182 
 2.1 %
Other geographies:(1)
All vintages
 
2,793  
—  
2,228  
16,831 
 — %
Subtotal
 
2,793  
—  
2,228  
16,831 
 — %
Total
$ 
2,162,478 $ 
1,302,567 $ 
(89,740) $ 
3,776,369 
 3.0 %
_______________________
(1)
All portfolios are on non-accrual basis. Annual pool groups for other geographies have been aggregated for disclosure purposes.
Table of Contents
34

Year Ended December 31, 2023
As of December 31, 2023
Collections
Revenue from 
Receivable 
Portfolios
Changes in 
Recoveries
Investment in 
Receivable 
Portfolios
Monthly EIR
United States:
ZBA
$ 
27,584 
$ 
27,584 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
 — %
2011
 
13,276 
 
12,519 
 
434 
 
1,003 
 88.6 %
2012
 
15,881 
 
14,209 
 
1,062 
 
2,479 
 42.0 %
2013
 
34,529 
 
32,570 
 
157 
 
5,601 
 40.5 %
2014
 
20,910 
 
13,873 
 
3,965 
 
16,271 
 6.7 %
2015
 
19,518 
 
10,665 
 
1,541 
 
19,042 
 3.9 %
2016
 
35,130 
 
19,773 
 
2,343 
 
33,504 
 4.2 %
2017
 
57,985 
 
35,121 
 
3,380 
 
42,838 
 5.5 %
2018
 
89,548 
 
51,015 
 
(6,206) 
 
83,861 
 4.0 %
2019
 
164,106 
 
91,341 
 
(2,668) 
 
160,976 
 3.8 %
2020
 
194,522 
 
104,555 
 
(3,622) 
 
187,358 
 3.7 %
2021
 
188,895 
 
109,241 
 
(23,969) 
 
175,906 
 3.9 %
2022
 
268,516 
 
179,175 
 
(51,222) 
 
398,824 
 3.1 %
2023
 
184,182 
 
136,249 
 
29,359 
 
793,117 
 3.2 %
Subtotal
 
1,314,582 
 
837,890 
 
(45,446) 
 
1,920,780 
 3.7 %
Europe:
ZBA
 
18 
 
18 
 
— 
 
— 
 — %
2013
 
57,747 
 
51,931 
 
(12,684) 
 
125,541 
 3.2 %
2014
 
54,537 
 
44,640 
 
(4,516) 
 
119,369 
 3.0 %
2015
 
36,237 
 
27,317 
 
(1,928) 
 
89,034 
 2.5 %
2016 (1)
 
35,272 
 
24,957 
 
2,863 
 
76,499 
 2.8 %
2017
 
48,763 
 
29,652 
 
(4,282) 
 
120,508 
 1.9 %
2018
 
49,675 
 
31,967 
 
(10,229) 
 
157,616 
 1.6 %
2019
 
54,544 
 
31,767 
 
1,059 
 
133,484 
 1.9 %
2020
 
37,363 
 
23,939 
 
920 
 
83,638 
 2.2 %
2021
 
58,515 
 
40,972 
 
(10,828) 
 
166,490 
 1.9 %
2022
 
70,385 
 
40,530 
 
(5,161) 
 
199,024 
 1.6 %
2023
 
40,975 
 
18,857 
 
7,258 
 
248,185 
 1.5 %
Subtotal
 
544,031 
 
366,547 
 
(37,528) 
 
1,519,388 
 2.0 %
Other geographies: (2)
All vintages
 
3,954 
 
— 
 
444 
 
28,264 
 — %
Subtotal
 
3,954 
 
— 
 
444 
 
28,264 
 — %
Total
$ 
1,862,567 
$ 
1,204,437 
$ 
(82,530) 
$ 
3,468,432 
 3.0 %
_______________________
(1)
Portfolio balance includes non-accrual pool groups. The EIR presented is only for pool groups that accrete portfolio revenue.
(2)
All portfolios are on non-accrual basis. Annual pool groups for other geographies have been aggregated for disclosure purposes.
Servicing revenues and other revenues remained relatively consistent during the year ended December 31, 2024, as 
compared to the year ended December 31, 2023.
Table of Contents
35

Operating Expenses
The following table summarizes operating expenses during the periods presented (in thousands, except percentages):
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
$ Change
% Change
Salaries and employee benefits
$ 
422,910 $ 
391,532 $ 
31,378 
 8.0 %
Cost of legal collections
 
259,298  
224,252  
35,046 
 15.6 %
General and administrative expenses
 
163,847  
144,862  
18,985 
 13.1 %
Other operating expenses
 
130,802  
111,179  
19,623 
 17.6 %
Collection agency commissions
 
30,596  
35,657  
(5,061) 
 (14.2) %
Depreciation and amortization
 
32,434  
41,737  
(9,303) 
 (22.3) %
Goodwill impairment
 
100,600  
238,200  
(137,600) 
 (57.8) %
Impairment of assets
 
18,544  
18,726  
(182) 
 (1.0) %
Total operating expenses
$ 
1,159,031 $ 
1,206,145 $ 
(47,114) 
 (3.9) %
Our operating results are impacted by foreign currency translation, which represents the effect of translating operating 
results where the functional currency is different than our U.S. dollar reporting currency. The strengthening of the U.S. dollar 
relative to other foreign currencies has a favorable impact on our international operating expenses, and the weakening of the 
U.S. dollar relative to other foreign currencies has an unfavorable impact on our international operating expenses. Our operating 
expenses were unfavorably impacted by foreign currency translation by approximately $7.2 million, during the year ended 
December 31, 2024, primarily as a result of the weakening of the U.S. dollar against the British Pound by approximately 2.7% 
for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023.
Operating expenses are explained in more detail as follows:
Salaries and Employee Benefits
The increase in salaries and employee benefits during the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended 
December 31, 2023, was primarily due to the following reasons:
•
An increase in salaries and bonus of approximately $22.6 million primarily due to an increase in overall average 
headcount and general increase in wage during the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to 2023; and
•
An increase in employee benefits and payroll taxes of approximately $8.6 million.
Cost of Legal Collections
Cost of legal collections primarily includes contingent fees paid to our external network of attorneys and the cost of 
litigation. We pursue legal collections using a network of attorneys that specialize in collection matters and through our internal 
legal channel. Under the agreements with our contracted attorneys, we advance certain out-of-pocket court costs. Cost of legal 
collections does not include internal legal channel employee costs, which are included in salaries and employee benefits in our 
consolidated statements of operations.    
The following table summarizes our cost of legal collections during the periods presented (in thousands, except 
percentages):
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
$ Change
% Change
Court costs
$ 
170,528 $ 
134,200 $ 
36,328 
 27.1 %
Legal collection fees
 
88,770  
90,052  
(1,282) 
 (1.4) %
Total cost of legal collections
$ 
259,298 $ 
224,252 $ 
35,046 
 15.6 %
The increase in cost of legal collections during the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended 
December 31, 2023, was primarily due to an increase in court costs due to increased legal placements in this channel in the U.S. 
The increase was partially offset by decreased contingent fees paid to our external network of attorneys as we grow our legal 
collection activities through our internal legal channel.
Table of Contents
36

General and Administrative Expenses
The increase in general and administrative expenses during the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year 
ended December 31, 2023, was primarily due to the following reasons:
•
An increase in information technology expenses of approximately $8.9 million; and 
•
An increase in consulting fees of approximately $4.5 million; and
•
An increase in miscellaneous general and administrative related expenses of approximately $3.8 million.
Other Operating Expenses
The increase in other operating expenses during the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended 
December 31, 2023, was primarily due to an increase in postage and printing expenses of approximately $10.3 million and an 
increase in costs relating to skip tracing of approximately $7.1 million. 
Collection Agency Commissions
Collection agency commissions are commissions paid to third-party collection agencies. Collections through the 
collections agencies channel are predominately in Europe and vary from period to period depending on, among other things, the 
number of accounts placed with an agency versus accounts collected internally. Commission rates vary depending on, among 
other things, the amount of time that has passed since the charge-off of the accounts placed with an agency, the asset class, and 
the geographic location of the receivables. Generally, freshly charged-off accounts have a lower commission rate than accounts 
that have been charged off for a longer period of time, and commission rates for purchased bankruptcy portfolios are lower than 
the commission rates for charged-off credit card accounts. Collection agency commissions decreased by approximately $5.1 
million during the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease was primarily 
due to fewer accounts placed with external agencies and favorable commission rates received from such agencies in Europe. 
Depreciation and Amortization 
The decrease in depreciation and amortization expenses during the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year 
ended December 31, 2023, was primarily due to a decrease in depreciation expenses of approximately $5.8 million and a 
decrease in amortizable expenses of approximately $3.5 million as a result of smaller depreciable and amortizable asset 
balances during the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023.
Goodwill Impairment
During the fourth quarter of 2024, we performed our annual goodwill impairment assessment as of October 1, 2024, 
which did not result in any goodwill impairment charge. Subsequent to the annual goodwill impairment test, we significantly 
lowered the estimated future recoveries for our investment in receivable portfolios at Cabot during the fourth quarter of 2024, 
management considered this a triggering event and conducted another quantitative test for goodwill impairment as of December 
31, 2024. This subsequent goodwill impairment analysis resulted in an impairment charge for the Cabot reporting unit of 
$100.6 million. The decline in the fair value of the Cabot reporting unit below its carrying value primarily resulted from 
changes in expected future cash flows as compared to our previous financial forecasts, and to a lesser extent, a decline in market 
multiples. We also recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $238.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2023. No 
triggering events were identified during the interim periods between the two annual goodwill impairment tests. Refer to “Note 
15: Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets” to our consolidated financial statements for further details.
Impairment of Assets
During the fourth quarter of 2024, we tested for impairment of our long-lived assets held at our servicing business and 
recorded an impairment charge relating to the computer systems of approximately $18.5 million. Refer to “Property and 
Equipment, Net” in “Note 5: Composition of Certain Financial Statement Items” to our consolidated financial statements for 
further details. We recorded an impairment charge of $18.7 million for our acquired definite-lived intangible assets during the 
year ended December 31, 2023. 
Interest Expense
The following table summarizes our interest expense (in thousands, except percentages):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
$ Change
% Change
Stated interest on debt obligations
$ 
236,220 $ 
184,717 $ 
51,503 
 27.9 %
Amortization of debt issuance costs
 
14,763  
15,670  
(907) 
 (5.8) %
Amortization of debt discount
 
1,562  
1,490  
72 
 4.8 %
Total interest expense
$ 
252,545 $ 
201,877 $ 
50,668 
 25.1 %
Table of Contents
37

The increase in interest expense during the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 
2023, was primarily due to the following reasons:
•
The effect resulting from rising interest rates of approximately $23.9 million; and
•
The effect resulting from increased average debt balance of approximately $25.2 million; and
•
An unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation of approximately $1.6 million driven by the weakening of the 
U.S. dollar against the British Pound. 
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt 
Loss on extinguishment of debt associated with write-offs of unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs relating to 
the early redemptions of our senior secured notes and the refinancing of the Cabot Securitisation Senior Facility was $7.8 
million during the year ended December 31, 2024. Refer to “Note 6: Borrowings” in the notes to our consolidated financial 
statements for details of our financing activities.
Other Income (Expense)
Other income or expense consists primarily of foreign currency exchange gains or losses, interest income and gains or 
losses recognized on certain transactions outside of our normal course of business. Other income was $6.8 million and $5.1 
million during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Interest income included in other income, net of 
other expense, was approximately $7.0 million and $4.7 million during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, 
respectively.
Provision for Income Taxes
During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, we recorded income tax provisions of $43.0 million and $26.2 
million, respectively. 
The effective tax rates for the respective periods are shown below:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
Federal provision
 21.0 %
 21.0 %
State provision
 (5.7) %
 (3.0) %
Foreign rate differential
 (2.8) %
 0.6 %
Change in valuation allowance (1)
 (32.2) %
 7.3 %
Goodwill impairment (2)
 (22.4) %
 (28.3) %
Taxable gain in foreign jurisdiction (3)
 2.6 %
 2.9 %
Nondeductible compensation
 (1.2) %
 (0.6) %
Return to provision adjustments
 (1.3) %
 0.6 %
Forfeit benefit due to merger/liquidations (4)
 — %
 (14.7) %
Other 
 (2.7) %
 (0.3) %
Effective rate
 (44.7) %
 (14.5) %
________________________
(1)
The change in valuation allowance during the year ended December 31, 2024 reflected certain foreign subsidiaries’ operating losses. The change in 
valuation allowance during the year ended December 31, 2023 was primarily due to the forfeit of tax benefits on merger or liquidation of foreign 
subsidiaries that maintained full valuation allowances on their deferred tax assets.
(2)
During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, we recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $100.6 million and $238.2 million at our 
Cabot reporting unit, respectively. Refer to “Note 15: Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets” to our consolidated financial statements for further 
details.
(3)
Represents taxable foreign currency movement recognized in a foreign subsidiary.
(4)
Represents the forfeit of tax benefits on merger or liquidation of foreign subsidiaries that maintained full valuation allowances on their deferred tax 
assets during the year ended December 31, 2023.
Our effective tax rate could fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis and could be adversely affected to the extent 
earnings are lower than anticipated in countries that have lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated in countries that 
have higher statutory tax rates.
Table of Contents
38

Non-GAAP Disclosure
In addition to the financial information prepared in conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles 
(“GAAP”), we provide historical non-GAAP financial information. Management believes that the presentation of such non-
GAAP financial information is meaningful and useful in understanding the activities and business metrics of our operations. 
Management believes that these non-GAAP financial measures reflect an additional way of viewing aspects of our business 
that, when viewed with our GAAP results, provide a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our business.
Management believes that the presentation of these measures provides investors with greater transparency and facilitates 
comparison of operating results across a broad spectrum of companies with varying capital structures, compensation strategies, 
derivative instruments, and amortization methods, which provide a more complete understanding of our financial performance, 
competitive position, and prospects for the future. Readers should consider the information in addition to, but not instead of, our 
financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. This non-GAAP financial information may be determined or 
calculated differently by other companies, limiting the usefulness of these measures for comparative purposes.
Adjusted EBITDA. Management utilizes adjusted EBITDA (defined as net income before interest income and expense, 
taxes, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expenses, acquisition, integration and restructuring related 
expenses, and other charges or gains that are not indicative of ongoing operations), in the evaluation of our operating 
performance. Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented is as follows (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
GAAP net (loss) income, as reported
$ 
(139,244) $ 
(206,492) $ 
194,564 
Adjustments:
Interest expense
 
252,545  
201,877  
153,308 
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
7,832  
—  
— 
Interest income
 
(7,008)  
(4,746)  
(1,774) 
Provision for income taxes
 
43,029  
26,228  
116,425 
Depreciation and amortization
 
32,434  
41,737  
46,419 
Net gain on derivative instruments(1)
 
(267)  
(3,170)  
— 
Stock-based compensation expense
 
14,012  
13,854  
15,402 
Acquisition, integration and restructuring related expenses(2)
 
10,451  
7,401  
1,213 
Goodwill impairment(3)
 
100,600  
238,200  
— 
Impairment of assets(3)
 
18,544  
18,726  
4,075 
Adjusted EBITDA
$ 
332,928 $ 
333,615 $ 
529,632 
Collections applied to principal balance(4)
$ 
1,004,230 $ 
776,280 $ 
635,262 
________________________
(1)
Amount represents gain or loss recognized on derivative instruments that are not designated as hedging instruments or gain or loss recognized on 
derivative instruments upon dedesignation of hedge relationships. We adjust for this amount because we believe the gain or loss on derivative contracts 
is not indicative of ongoing operations.
(2)
Amount represents acquisition, integration and restructuring related expenses. We adjust for this amount because we believe these expenses are not 
indicative of ongoing operations; therefore, adjusting for these expenses enhances comparability to prior periods, anticipated future periods, and our 
competitors’ results. 
(3)
During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, we recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $100.6 million and $238.2 million, 
respectively. We recorded a non-cash impairment of long-lived assets of $18.5 million and a non-cash impairment of intangible assets of  $18.7 million 
during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. We believe these non-cash impairment charges are not indicative of ongoing 
operations, therefore adjusting for these expenses enhances comparability to prior periods, anticipated future periods, and our competitors’ results. Refer 
to “Note 15: Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets” and “Property and Equipment, Net” in “Note 5: Composition of Certain Financial Statement 
Items” to our consolidated financial statements for further details. 
(4)
Collections applied to principal balance is calculated in the table below: 
 
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
Collections applied to investment in receivable portfolios, net
$ 
859,911 
$ 
658,130 
$ 
709,176 
Changes in recoveries
 
89,740 
 
82,530 
 
(93,145) 
Other proceeds applied to basis
 
54,579 
 
35,620 
 
19,231 
Collections applied to principal balance
$ 
1,004,230 
$ 
776,280 
$ 
635,262 
Table of Contents
39

Supplemental Performance Data
The tables included in this supplemental performance data section include detail for purchases, collections and ERC by 
year of purchase.
Our collection expectations are based on account characteristics and economic variables. Additional adjustments are made 
to account for qualitative factors that may affect the payment behavior of our consumers and servicing related adjustments to 
ensure our collection expectations are aligned with our operations. We continue to refine our process of forecasting collections 
both domestically and internationally with a focus on operational enhancements. Our collection expectations vary between 
types of portfolio and geographic location. As a result, past performance of pools in certain geographic locations or of certain 
types of portfolio are not necessarily a suitable indicator of future results in other locations or for other types of portfolio.
The supplemental performance data presented in this section is impacted by foreign currency translation, which represents 
the effect of translating financial results where the functional currency of our foreign subsidiary is different than our U.S. dollar 
reporting currency. For example, the strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to other foreign currencies has an unfavorable 
reporting impact on our international purchases, collections, and ERC, and the weakening of the U.S. dollar relative to other 
foreign currencies has a favorable impact on our international purchases, collections, and ERC.
We utilize proprietary forecasting models to continuously evaluate the economic life of each pool.
Table of Contents
40

Cumulative Collections Money Multiple - Cumulative Collections from Purchased Receivables to Purchase Price Multiple
The following table summarizes our receivable purchases, related gross collections, and cumulative collections money multiples (in thousands, except multiples):
Year of
Purchase
Purchase
Price(1)
Cumulative Collections through December 31, 2024
<2015
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
Total(2)
CCMM(3)
United States:
<2015
$ 3,762,044 
$ 7,258,767 
$ 1,076,324 
$ 
739,743 
$ 
519,613 
$ 
372,705 
$ 
290,351 
$ 
216,962 
$ 
186,927 
$ 
140,814 
$ 
112,180 
$ 
86,820 
$ 11,001,206 
 
2.9 
2015
 
499,034 
 
— 
 
105,610 
 
231,102 
 
186,391 
 
125,673 
 
85,042 
 
64,133 
 
42,774 
 
25,655 
 
19,518 
 
15,890 
 
901,788 
 
1.8 
2016
 
552,969 
 
— 
 
— 
 
110,875 
 
283,035 
 
234,690 
 
159,279 
 
116,452 
 
87,717 
 
51,650 
 
35,130 
 
27,972 
 
1,106,800 
 
2.0 
2017
 
527,442 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
111,902 
 
315,853 
 
255,048 
 
193,328 
 
144,243 
 
85,348 
 
57,985 
 
40,123 
 
1,203,830 
 
2.3 
2018
 
629,184 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
175,042 
 
351,696 
 
308,302 
 
228,919 
 
144,566 
 
89,548 
 
64,231 
 
1,362,304 
 
2.2 
2019
 
675,091 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
174,693 
 
416,315 
 
400,250 
 
256,444 
 
164,106 
 
112,391 
 
1,524,199 
 
2.3 
2020
 
537,689 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
213,450 
 
430,514 
 
311,573 
 
194,522 
 
127,555 
 
1,277,614 
 
2.4 
2021
 
403,678 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
120,354 
 
240,605 
 
188,895 
 
131,870 
 
681,724 
 
1.7 
2022
 
549,533 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
98,277 
 
268,516 
 
254,329 
 
621,122 
 
1.1 
2023
 
807,309 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
184,182 
 
471,838 
 
656,020 
 
0.8 
2024
 
994,995 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
238,635 
 
238,635 
 
0.2 
Subtotal
 
9,938,968 
 7,258,767 
 1,181,934 
 1,081,720 
 1,100,941 
 1,223,963 
 1,316,109 
 1,528,942 
 1,641,698 
 1,354,932 
 1,314,582 
 1,571,654 
 20,575,242 
 
2.1 
Europe:
<2015
 
1,242,208 
 
519,115 
 
410,256 
 
322,275 
 
284,799 
 
261,696 
 
218,565 
 
177,458 
 
178,076 
 
134,094 
 
112,284 
 
104,025 
 
2,722,643 
 
2.2 
2015
 
419,941 
 
— 
 
65,870 
 
127,084 
 
103,823 
 
88,065 
 
72,277 
 
55,261 
 
57,817 
 
42,660 
 
36,249 
 
34,544 
 
683,650 
 
1.6 
2016
 
249,584 
 
— 
 
— 
 
44,641 
 
97,587 
 
83,107 
 
63,198 
 
51,609 
 
51,017 
 
40,214 
 
35,278 
 
30,143 
 
496,794 
 
2.0 
2017
 
461,571 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
68,111 
 
152,926 
 
118,794 
 
87,549 
 
86,107 
 
61,762 
 
48,763 
 
41,211 
 
665,223 
 
1.4 
2018
 
427,030 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
49,383 
 
118,266 
 
78,846 
 
80,629 
 
61,691 
 
49,675 
 
42,379 
 
480,869 
 
1.1 
2019
 
272,905 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
44,118 
 
80,502 
 
88,448 
 
63,607 
 
54,544 
 
47,174 
 
378,393 
 
1.4 
2020
 
104,940 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
22,721 
 
59,803 
 
45,757 
 
37,363 
 
31,454 
 
197,098 
 
1.9 
2021
 
242,825 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
43,082 
 
66,529 
 
58,515 
 
52,278 
 
220,404 
 
0.9 
2022
 
231,869 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
36,957 
 
70,385 
 
64,555 
 
171,897 
 
0.7 
2023
 
259,255 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
40,975 
 
89,799 
 
130,774 
 
0.5 
2024
 
353,182 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
50,469 
 
50,469 
 
0.1 
Subtotal
 
4,265,310 
 
519,115 
 
476,126 
 
494,000 
 
554,320 
 
635,177 
 
635,218 
 
553,946 
 
644,979 
 
553,271 
 
544,031 
 
588,031 
 
6,198,214 
 
1.5 
Other geographies(4):
All vintages
 
340,283 
 
40,293 
 
42,665 
 
109,884 
 
112,383 
 
108,480 
 
75,601 
 
28,960 
 
20,682 
 
3,334 
 
3,954 
 
2,793 
 
549,029 
 
1.6 
Subtotal
 
340,283 
 
40,293 
 
42,665 
 
109,884 
 
112,383 
 
108,480 
 
75,601 
 
28,960 
 
20,682 
 
3,334 
 
3,954 
 
2,793 
 
549,029 
 
1.6 
Total
$ 14,544,561 
$ 7,818,175 
$ 1,700,725 
$ 1,685,604 
$ 1,767,644 
$ 1,967,620 
$ 2,026,928 
$ 2,111,848 
$ 2,307,359 
$ 1,911,537 
$ 1,862,567 
$ 2,162,478 
$ 27,322,485 
 
1.9 
________________________
(1)
Adjusted for Put-Backs and Recalls. Put-Backs (“Put-Backs”) and recalls (“Recalls”) represent ineligible accounts that are returned by us or recalled by the seller pursuant to specific guidelines as set forth in the 
respective purchase agreement.
(2)
Cumulative collections from inception through December 31, 2024, excluding collections on behalf of others.
(3)
Cumulative Collections Money Multiple (“CCMM”) through December 31, 2024 refers to cumulative collections as a multiple of purchase price.
(4)
Annual pool groups for other geographies have been aggregated for disclosure purposes.
Table of Contents
41

Purchase Price Multiple - Total Estimated Collections from Purchased Receivables to Purchase Price Multiple
The following table summarizes our purchases, resulting historical gross collections, estimated remaining gross 
collections from purchased receivables, and purchase price multiple (in thousands, except multiples): 
Purchase Price(1)
Historical
Collections(2)
Estimated 
Remaining 
Collections
Total Estimated
Gross Collections
Purchase Price 
Multiple (3)
United States:
<2015(4)
$ 
3,762,044 $ 
11,001,206 $ 
175,886 $ 
11,177,092  
3.0 
2015
 
499,034  
901,788  
31,945  
933,733  
1.9 
2016
 
552,969  
1,106,800  
54,832  
1,161,632  
2.1 
2017
 
527,442  
1,203,830  
82,495  
1,286,325  
2.4 
2018
 
629,184  
1,362,304  
132,023  
1,494,327  
2.4 
2019
 
675,091  
1,524,199  
237,245  
1,761,444  
2.6 
2020
 
537,689  
1,277,614  
274,934  
1,552,548  
2.9 
2021
 
403,678  
681,724  
270,489  
952,213  
2.4 
2022
 
549,533  
621,122  
517,472  
1,138,594  
2.1 
2023
 
807,309  
656,020  
1,231,890  
1,887,910  
2.3 
2024
 
994,995  
238,635  
2,092,352  
2,330,987  
2.3 
Subtotal
 
9,938,968  
20,575,242  
5,101,563  
25,676,805  
2.6 
Europe:
<2015(4)
 
1,242,208  
2,722,643  
652,761  
3,375,404  
2.7 
2015(4)
 
419,941  
683,650  
191,234  
874,884  
2.1 
2016
 
249,584  
496,794  
161,823  
658,617  
2.6 
2017
 
461,571  
665,223  
203,901  
869,124  
1.9 
2018
 
427,030  
480,869  
220,865  
701,734  
1.6 
2019
 
272,905  
378,393  
215,965  
594,358  
2.2 
2020
 
104,940  
197,098  
120,280  
317,378  
3.0 
2021
 
242,825  
220,404  
252,798  
473,202  
1.9 
2022
 
231,869  
171,897  
263,336  
435,233  
1.9 
2023
 
259,255  
130,774  
335,809  
466,583  
1.8 
2024
 
353,182  
50,469  
695,102  
745,571  
2.1 
Subtotal
 
4,265,310  
6,198,214  
3,313,874  
9,512,088  
2.2 
Other geographies(5):
All vintages
 
340,283  
549,029  
25,448  
574,477  
1.7 
Subtotal
 
340,283  
549,029  
25,448  
574,477  
1.7 
Total
$ 
14,544,561 $ 
27,322,485 $ 
8,440,885 $ 
35,763,370  
2.5 
________________________
(1)
Purchase price refers to the cash paid to a seller to acquire a portfolio less Put-backs, Recalls, and other adjustments. Put-Backs and Recalls represent 
ineligible accounts that are returned by us or recalled by the seller pursuant to specific guidelines as set forth in the respective purchase agreement.
(2)
Cumulative collections from inception through December 31, 2024, excluding collections on behalf of others. 
(3)
Purchase Price Multiple represents total estimated gross collections divided by the purchase price.
(4)
Includes portfolios acquired in connection with certain business combinations. 
(5)
Annual pool groups for other geographies have been aggregated for disclosure purposes.
Table of Contents
42

Estimated Remaining Gross Collections by Year of Purchase
The following table summarizes our estimated remaining gross collections from purchased receivable portfolios and 
estimated future cash flows from real estate-owned assets (in thousands):
 
Estimated Remaining Gross Collections by Year of Purchase(1)
 
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
>2033
Total(2)
United States:
<2015(3)
$ 
62,034 
$ 41,309 
$ 26,476 
$ 17,988 
$ 11,858 
$ 
7,595 
$ 
4,597 
$ 
2,623 
$ 1,158 
$ 
248 
$ 175,886 
2015
 
11,603 
 
7,051 
 
4,107 
 
2,895 
 
2,043 
 
1,444 
 
1,024 
 
727 
 
518 
 
533 
 
31,945 
2016
 
19,953 
 
11,627 
 
7,097 
 
4,990 
 
3,515 
 
2,481 
 
1,754 
 
1,244 
 
885 
 
1,286 
 
54,832 
2017
 
27,771 
 
17,255 
 
11,461 
 
7,886 
 
5,560 
 
3,930 
 
2,786 
 
1,980 
 
1,413 
 
2,453 
 
82,495 
2018
 
41,799 
 
28,664 
 
19,501 
 
12,869 
 
8,860 
 
6,255 
 
4,429 
 
3,146 
 
2,242 
 
4,258 
 
132,023 
2019
 
77,040 
 
51,336 
 
34,584 
 
23,530 
 
15,622 
 
10,805 
 
7,611 
 
5,375 
 
3,804 
 
7,538 
 
237,245 
2020
 
86,557 
 
60,147 
 
40,788 
 
27,821 
 
18,927 
 
12,644 
 
8,799 
 
6,206 
 
4,388 
 
8,657 
 
274,934 
2021
 
84,650 
 
59,634 
 
39,528 
 
26,912 
 
18,603 
 
12,845 
 
8,783 
 
6,114 
 
4,306 
 
9,114 
 
270,489 
2022
 
168,280 
 110,188 
 
75,135 
 
49,788 
 
34,372 
 
24,460 
 
17,364 
 
12,089 
 
8,374 
 17,422 
 
517,472 
2023
 
408,360 
 256,644 
 170,674 
 121,972 
 
85,134 
 
59,950 
 
41,626 
 
29,019 
 20,081 
 38,430 
 1,231,890 
2024
 
542,741 
 511,967 
 322,406 
 214,981 
 151,775 
 106,720 
 
75,768 
 
53,087 
 37,067 
 75,840 
 2,092,352 
Subtotal
 1,530,788 
 1,155,822 
 751,757 
 511,632 
 356,269 
 249,129 
 174,541 
 121,610 
 84,236 
 165,779 
 5,101,563 
Europe:
<2015(3)
 
86,244 
 
77,434 
 
67,715 
 
59,618 
 
52,824 
 
46,571 
 
41,310 
 
37,327 
 33,654 
 150,064 
 
652,761 
2015(3)
 
27,064 
 
24,348 
 
21,419 
 
18,069 
 
15,782 
 
13,693 
 
11,921 
 
10,627 
 
9,468 
 38,843 
 
191,234 
2016
 
24,648 
 
21,696 
 
19,168 
 
16,415 
 
14,031 
 
11,792 
 
10,149 
 
8,536 
 
7,273 
 28,115 
 
161,823 
2017
 
32,954 
 
28,227 
 
24,694 
 
20,560 
 
17,430 
 
14,718 
 
12,391 
 
10,464 
 
8,981 
 33,482 
 
203,901 
2018
 
33,511 
 
29,054 
 
25,485 
 
21,176 
 
18,418 
 
16,102 
 
14,121 
 
12,424 
 10,783 
 39,791 
 
220,865 
2019
 
37,524 
 
31,327 
 
25,938 
 
21,706 
 
18,050 
 
15,022 
 
12,576 
 
10,730 
 
9,136 
 33,956 
 
215,965 
2020
 
24,016 
 
18,820 
 
14,795 
 
11,690 
 
9,447 
 
7,756 
 
6,450 
 
5,429 
 
4,597 
 17,280 
 
120,280 
2021
 
40,709 
 
36,540 
 
30,199 
 
26,340 
 
22,066 
 
19,117 
 
15,905 
 
13,284 
 11,174 
 37,464 
 
252,798 
2022
 
50,168 
 
41,476 
 
34,246 
 
27,391 
 
22,310 
 
18,130 
 
15,038 
 
12,446 
 10,044 
 32,087 
 
263,336 
2023
 
62,890 
 
53,115 
 
43,972 
 
36,716 
 
29,530 
 
23,549 
 
19,155 
 
15,634 
 12,789 
 38,459 
 
335,809 
2024
 
115,279 
 104,300 
 
85,419 
 
70,653 
 
57,820 
 
47,208 
 
38,974 
 
32,921 
 28,507 
 114,021 
 
695,102 
Subtotal
 
535,007 
 466,337 
 393,050 
 330,334 
 277,708 
 233,658 
 197,990 
 169,822 
 146,406 
 563,562 
 3,313,874 
Other geographies(4):
All vintages
 
6,176 
 
4,626 
 
3,453 
 
2,610 
 
2,061 
 
1,661 
 
1,305 
 
1,029 
 
804 
 
1,723 
 
25,448 
Subtotal
 
6,176 
 
4,626 
 
3,453 
 
2,610 
 
2,061 
 
1,661 
 
1,305 
 
1,029 
 
804 
 
1,723 
 
25,448 
Portfolio 
ERC
 2,071,971 
 1,626,785 
 1,148,260 
 844,576 
 636,038 
 484,448 
 373,836 
 292,461 
 231,446 
 731,064 
 8,440,885 
REO 
ERC(5)
 
28,568 
 
22,587 
 
7,259 
 
2,014 
 
57 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
60,485 
Total ERC
$ 2,100,539 
$ 1,649,372 $ 1,155,519 $ 846,590 
$ 636,095 
$ 484,448 
$ 373,836 
$ 292,461 
$ 231,446 
$ 731,064 
$ 8,501,370 
________________________
(1)
As of December 31, 2024, ERC for Zero Basis Portfolios includes approximately $38.9 million for purchased consumer and bankruptcy receivables in 
the United States. ERC for Zero Basis Portfolios in Europe and other geographies was immaterial. ERC also include approximately $25.4 million from 
non-accrual portfolios, primarily in other geographies.
(2)
Represents the expected remaining gross cash collections over a 180-month period. As of December 31, 2024, ERC for 84-month was:
84-Month ERC
United States
$ 
4,729,938 
Europe
 
2,434,084 
Other geographies
 
21,892 
Portfolio ERC
 
7,185,914 
REO ERC
 
60,485 
Total ERC
$ 
7,246,399 
(3)   Includes portfolios acquired in connection with certain business combinations.
(4)   Annual pool groups for other geographies have been aggregated for disclosure purposes.
(5)    Real estate-owned assets (“REO”) ERC includes approximately $59.9 million and $0.6 million of estimated future cash flows for Europe and Other 
Geographies, respectively.  
Table of Contents
43

Estimated Future Collections Applied to Investment in Receivable Portfolios
As of December 31, 2024, we had $3.8 billion in investment in receivable portfolios. The estimated future collections 
applied to the investment in receivable portfolios net balance is as follows (in thousands):
Years Ending December 31,
United States
Europe
Other
Geographies
Total
Amortization
2025
$ 
659,948 $ 
212,566 $ 
5,004 $ 
877,518 
2026
 
554,690  
193,249  
3,761  
751,700 
2027
 
346,737  
162,332  
2,816  
511,885 
2028
 
231,040  
135,417  
2,137  
368,594 
2029
 
160,339  
112,623  
1,679  
274,641 
2030
 
112,460  
93,487  
1,343  
207,290 
2031
 
79,684  
78,352  
91  
158,127 
2032
 
56,069  
67,638  
—  
123,707 
2033
 
39,380  
59,473  
—  
98,853 
2034
 
27,810  
53,740  
—  
81,550 
2035
 
20,492  
51,524  
—  
72,016 
2036
 
15,699  
50,124  
—  
65,823 
2037
 
12,167  
49,866  
—  
62,033 
2038
 
8,673  
53,212  
—  
61,885 
2039
 
4,168  
56,579  
—  
60,747 
Total
$ 
2,329,356 $ 
1,430,182 $ 
16,831 $ 
3,776,369 
Headcount by Function by Geographic Location
The following table summarizes our headcount by function and by geographic location:
Headcount as of December 31,
2024
2023
2022
United States:
General & Administrative
 
1,040  
999  
929 
Account Manager
 
424  
407  
306 
Subtotal
 
1,464  
1,406  
1,235 
Europe:
General & Administrative
 
896  
955  
1,030 
Account Manager
 
1,942  
1,883  
2,062 
Subtotal
 
2,838  
2,838  
3,092 
Other Geographies(1):
General & Administrative
 
1,379  
1,252  
1,150 
Account Manager
 
1,665  
1,879  
1,456 
Subtotal
 
3,044  
3,131  
2,606 
Total
 
7,346  
7,375  
6,933 
________________________
(1)
Headcount for other geographies includes employees in India and Costa Rica that service accounts originated in the United States.
Table of Contents
44

Supplemental quarterly financial information
Financial highlights
Three Months Ended December 31,
(in thousands, except percentages and earnings per share)
2024
2023
Change
Collections
$ 
554,595 $ 
458,350 
 21 %
Revenues
$ 
265,619 $ 
277,387 
 (4) %
Portfolio purchases(1)
$ 
495,144 $ 
292,497 
 69 %
Operating expenses
$ 
399,809 $ 
494,580 
 (19) %
GAAP net loss(2)
$ 
(225,307) $ 
(270,762) 
NM
GAAP loss per share(2)
$ 
(9.42) $ 
(11.40) 
NM
__________________
(1)
Includes U.S. purchases of $295.3 million and $208.5 million, and Europe purchases of $199.8 million and $84.0 million in Q4 2024 and Q4 2023, 
respectively.
(2)
NM - Not meaningful.
Consolidated financial statements of operations
 
Three Months Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
2024
2023
Revenues
Revenue from receivable portfolios
$ 
336,666 $ 
304,892 
Changes in recoveries
 
(95,760)  
(52,476) 
Total debt purchasing revenue
 
240,906  
252,416 
Servicing revenue
 
20,525  
19,650 
Other revenues
 
4,188  
5,321 
Total revenues
 
265,619  
277,387 
Operating expenses
Salaries and employee benefits
 
104,616  
96,760 
Cost of legal collections
 
68,989  
56,727 
General and administrative expenses
 
52,019  
36,809 
Other operating expenses
 
37,786  
29,315 
Collection agency commissions
 
8,288  
9,074 
Depreciation and amortization
 
8,967  
8,969 
Goodwill impairment
 
100,600  
238,200 
Impairment of assets
 
18,544  
18,726 
Total operating expenses
 
399,809  
494,580 
Loss from operations
 
(134,190)  
(217,193) 
Other expense
Interest expense
 
(68,498)  
(54,501) 
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
(7,832)  
— 
Other income (expense)
 
541  
(2) 
Total other expense
 
(75,789)  
(54,503) 
Loss before income taxes
 
(209,979)  
(271,696) 
(Provision) benefit for income taxes
 
(15,328)  
934 
Net loss
$ 
(225,307) $ 
(270,762) 
Table of Contents
45

Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity
The following table summarizes our cash flow activities for the periods presented (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
Net cash provided by operating activities
$ 
156,168 $ 
152,991 $ 
210,681 
Net cash used in investing activities
 
(440,430)  
(401,941)  
(130,235) 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
 
317,774  
268,300  
(107,445) 
Operating Cash Flows
Cash flows from operating activities represent the cash receipts and disbursements related to all of our activities other than 
investing and financing activities. 
Net cash provided by operating activities was $156.2 million, $153.0 million, and $210.7 million during the years ended 
December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. Operating cash flows are derived by adjusting net income for non-cash 
operating items such as depreciation and amortization, changes in recoveries, goodwill impairment, impairment of assets, stock-
based compensation charges, deferred income tax, and changes in operating assets and liabilities which reflect timing 
differences between the receipt and payment of cash associated with transactions and when they are recognized in results of 
operations. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we recorded a goodwill impairment of $100.6 million and an 
impairment of long-lived assets of $18.5 million. During the year ended December 31, 2023, we recorded a goodwill 
impairment of $238.2 million and an impairment of intangible assets of $18.7 million. Changes in recoveries increased the 
operating cash flows by $89.7 million, and $82.5 million during the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively. 
Changes in recoveries decreased the operating cash flows by $93.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2022. Refer to 
“Note 4: Investment in Receivable Portfolios, Net” in the notes to our consolidated financial statements for discussion relating 
to changes in recoveries. 
Investing Cash Flows
Net cash used in investing activities was $440.4 million, $401.9 million, and $130.2 million during the years ended 
December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. Cash provided by or used in investing activities is primarily affected by 
receivable portfolio purchases offset by collection proceeds applied to the principal of our receivable portfolios. Receivable 
portfolio purchases were $1,336.4 million, $1,060.2 million, and $790.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2024, 
2023, and 2022, respectively. Collection proceeds applied to the principal of our receivable portfolios were $859.9 million, 
$658.1 million, and $709.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. Refer to 
Purchases and Collections within “Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations” for discussion relating to purchases and collections. 
Financing Cash Flows
Net cash provided by financing activities was $317.8 million, and $268.3 million during the years ended December 31, 
2024 and 2023, respectively. Net cash used in financing activities was $107.4 million during the year ended December 31, 
2022. Financing cash flows are generally affected by borrowings under our credit facilities and proceeds from various debt 
offerings, offset by repayments of amounts outstanding under our credit facilities and repayments of various notes. Borrowings 
under our credit facilities were $2,031.5 million, $1,196.0 million, and $779.5 million during the years ended December 31, 
2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. Repayments of amounts outstanding under our credit facilities were $1,868.1 million, 
$989.6 million, and $515.7 million during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. During the year 
ended December 31, 2024, we issued $1.0 billion in senior secured notes (of which $500.0 million matures in 2029 and $500.0 
million matures in 2030). We used a portion of the proceeds from the senior secured notes issuance to repay drawings under our 
Global Senior Facility. Proceeds from the issuance of senior secured notes were $104.2 million during the year ended 
December 31, 2023. Using drawings from its Global Senior Facility and cash on hand, we fully redeemed the Encore 2025 
Notes and the Encore 2026 Notes in the fourth quarter of 2024. The total repayments of senior secured notes were $789.1 
million, $39.1 million, and $39.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. 
Additionally, in connection with the early redemptions of the Encore 2025 Notes and the Encore 2026 Notes, we settled the 
corresponding 2020 Euro Swaps and the 2023 GBP Swaps on the respective loan redemption date for approximately 
$40.0 million in cash. During the year ended December 31, 2023, we issued $230.0 million 4.00% convertible senior notes that 
mature in 2029, and used $212.5 million in cash to repurchase and settle our exchangeable senior notes due 2023. We repaid 
$221.2 million of convertible senior notes using cash on hand during the year ended December 31, 2022.
Table of Contents
46

Capital Resources
Our primary sources of capital are cash collections from our investment in receivable portfolios, bank borrowings, debt 
offerings, and equity offerings. Depending on the capital markets, we consider additional financings to fund our operations and 
any potential acquisitions. From time to time, we may repurchase outstanding debt or equity and/or restructure or refinance debt 
obligations. Our primary cash requirements include funding the purchase of receivable portfolios, operating expenses, the 
payment of interest and principal on borrowings, the payment of income taxes, funding any entity acquisitions and share 
repurchases.
We are in material compliance with all covenants under our financing arrangements. See “Note 6: Borrowings” in the 
notes to our consolidated financial statements for a further discussion of our debt. Available capacity under our Global Senior 
Facility was $402.8 million as of December 31, 2024. 
In March 2024, we issued $500.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 9.250% Senior Secured Notes due 2029 at an 
issue price of 100.000% through a private placement offering. Additionally, in May 2024, we issued $500.0 million in 
aggregate principal amount of 8.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2030 at an issue price of 100.000% through a separate private 
placement offering. 
In October 2024, we fully redeemed the Encore 2025 Notes at par using drawings from our Global Senior Facility and 
cash on hand. The Global Senior Facility was subsequently upsized by $92.0 million from $1,203.0 million to $1,295.0 million 
in October 2024. In November, 2024, we fully redeemed the Encore 2026 Senior Secured Notes at par using drawings from our 
Global Senior Facility and cash on hand. 
Our Board of Directors has approved a $300.0 million share repurchase program. Repurchases under this program are 
expected to be made from cash on hand and/or a drawing from our Global Senior Facility and may be made from time to time, 
subject to market conditions and other factors, in the open market, through private transactions, block transactions, or other 
methods as determined by our management and Board of Directors, and in accordance with market conditions, other corporate 
considerations, and applicable regulatory requirements. The program does not obligate us to acquire any particular amount of 
common stock, and it may be modified or suspended at our discretion. During the year ended December 31, 2022, we 
repurchased 1,497,184 shares of our common stock for approximately $86.9 million under the share repurchase program. We 
did not make any repurchases under the share repurchase program during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024. As of 
December 31, 2024, we had remaining authority to purchase $91.9 million of our common stock. Our practice is to retire the 
shares repurchased. 
Our cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2024, consisted of $49.9 million held by U.S.-based entities and $150.0 
million held by foreign entities. Most of our cash and cash equivalents held by foreign entities is indefinitely reinvested and 
may be subject to material tax effects if repatriated. However, we believe that our sources of cash and liquidity are sufficient to 
meet our business needs in the United States and do not expect that we will need to repatriate the funds.
Included in cash and cash equivalents is cash that was collected on behalf of, and remains payable to, third-party clients. 
The balance of cash held for clients was $21.5 million and $16.0 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Cash from operations could also be affected by various risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, timing of 
cash collections from our consumers, and other risks detailed in our Risk Factors. However, we believe that we have sufficient 
liquidity to fund our operations for at least the next twelve months, given our expectation of continued positive cash flows from 
operations, our cash and cash equivalents, our access to capital markets, and availability under our credit facilities. Our future 
cash needs will depend on our acquisitions of portfolios and businesses.
Table of Contents
47

Future Contractual Cash Obligations
The following table summarizes our future contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2024 (in thousands):
 
Payment Due By Period
Contractual Obligations
Total
Less
Than
1 Year
1 – 3 Years
3 – 5 Years
More
Than
5 Years
Principal payments on debt
$ 
3,708,953 $ 
114,097 $ 
351,754 $ 
2,423,965 $ 
819,137 
Estimated interest payments(1)
 
1,036,379  
260,775  
509,487  
249,231  
16,886 
Finance leases
 
1,116  
858  
258  
—  
— 
Operating leases
 
81,239  
17,372  
30,032  
21,948  
11,887 
Purchase commitments on receivable 
portfolios
 
344,116  
339,979  
4,137  
—  
— 
Total contractual cash obligations(2)
$ 
5,171,803 $ 
733,081 $ 
895,668 $ 
2,695,144 $ 
847,910 
________________________
(1)
Estimated interest payments are calculated based on outstanding principal amounts, applicable fixed interest rates or currently effective interest rates as 
of December 31, 2024 for variable rate debt, timing of scheduled payments and the term of the debt obligations.
(2)
We had approximately $7.9 million of liabilities and accrued interests related to uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2024. We are unable to 
reasonably estimate the timing of the cash settlement with the tax authorities due to uncertainties related to these tax matters and, as a result, these 
obligations are not included in the table. See “Note 11: Income Taxes” in the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information 
on our uncertain tax positions.
Critical Accounting Estimates
We prepare our financial statements, in conformity with GAAP, which requires management to make estimates and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the 
date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. “Note 1: 
Ownership, Description of Business, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the notes to the consolidated 
financial statements describes the significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of our consolidated 
financial statements.
We base our estimates on past experience and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, 
and we evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from these estimates and such differences may 
be material. We refer to accounting estimates of this type as critical accounting policies and estimates, which we discuss further 
below. We have reviewed our critical accounting policies and estimates with the audit committee of our board of directors.
Investment in Receivable Portfolios and Related Revenue 
Receivable portfolio purchases are aggregated into pools based on similar risk characteristics. Examples of risk 
characteristics include financial asset type, collateral type, size, interest rate, date of origination, term, and geographic location. 
Our static pools are typically grouped into credit card, purchased consumer bankruptcy, and mortgage portfolios. We further 
group these static pools by geographic location. Once a pool is established, the portfolios will remain in the designated pool 
unless the underlying risk characteristics change. The purchase EIR of a pool will not change over the life of the pool even if 
expected future cash flows change.
Revenue is recognized for each static pool over the economic life of the pool. We make significant assumptions in 
determining the economic life of a pool, including the reasonable and supportable economic forecast period based on asset type 
and geography, which considers the availability of forward-looking scenarios and their respective time horizons. In general, we 
forecast recoveries over one or two years prior to reverting to historical averages at an estimate-level over the remaining life 
using various methodologies depending on the asset type and geography. The speed at which forecasts revert varies based on 
the spread between the forecast period and historical data. In addition, estimated recoveries include a qualitative component, 
which generally reflects management’s assessment of macroeconomic environment. We continue to evaluate the reasonable 
economic life of a pool and reversion method on an ongoing basis. Debt purchasing revenue includes two components:
(1)  Revenue from receivable portfolios, which is the accretion of the discount on the negative allowance due to the 
passage of time (generally the portfolio balance multiplied by the EIR) and also includes all revenue from zero basis 
portfolio (“ZBA”) collections, and 
(2)  Changes in recoveries, which includes: 
Table of Contents
48

(a)  Recoveries above or below forecast, which is the difference between (i) actual cash collected/recovered during the 
current period and (ii) expected cash recoveries for the current period, which generally represents over or under 
performance for the period; and 
(b)  Changes in expected future recoveries, which is the present value change of expected future recoveries, where 
such change generally results from (i) collections “pulled forward from” or “pushed out to” future periods (i.e. 
amounts either collected early or expected to be collected later) and (ii) magnitude and timing changes to 
estimates of expected future collections (which can be increases or decreases). 
We measure expected future recoveries based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable 
forecasts. Factors that may change the expected future recoveries may include both internal as well as external factors. Internal 
factors include operational performance, such as capacity and the productivity of our collection staff. External factors that may 
have an impact on our collections include macroeconomic conditions, new laws or regulations, and new interpretations of 
existing laws or regulations. 
During the fourth quarter of 2024, we deployed a new U.K. forecasting model that develops expected future recoveries for 
investment in receivable portfolios at Cabot. The new model update was primarily driven by recent changes in Cabot as it 
continues to acquire portfolios that have more dynamic characteristics and are better forecasted utilizing a model that processes 
data inputs at a more granular level. As part of the new model development process, management updated certain model inputs 
driven by collection experience, operational performance and recent changes in collection strategies. This new forecasting 
model was applied to all vintages, which resulted in a change in the estimate of expected future recoveries. This change in 
accounting estimate reduced Cabot’s estimated remaining collections by $361.6 million, which when discounted to present 
value, resulted in a negative change in expected future recoveries of $75.3 million during the fourth quarter of 2024. This 
change in estimate had no effect on past periods. We develop a “best estimate” of our expected future recoveries based on 
reasonable and supportable information at each reporting period. We evaluate our estimates in light of developing information. 
Future changes to internal and external factors that affect our collection forecasts could have a material adverse effect on our 
financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. 
See “Note 4: Investment in Receivable Portfolios, Net” to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of 
investment in receivable portfolios.
Valuation of Goodwill 
Business combinations typically result in the recording of goodwill and other intangible assets. The excess of the purchase 
price over the fair value assigned to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets, liabilities assumed, and noncontrolling 
interest in the acquiree is recorded as goodwill.
Goodwill is tested annually for impairment and in interim periods if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the 
assets may be impaired. We perform our annual goodwill impairment assessment at the reporting unit level as of the first day of 
the fourth quarter, and any impairment charges resulting from this process are reported in the fourth quarter. 
We first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test. 
The qualitative factors include economic environment, business climate, market capitalization, operating performance, 
competition, and other factors. If, after completing such assessment, we determine it is more likely than not that the fair value of 
a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, then there is no need to perform any further testing. If we conclude 
otherwise, or if we proceed directly to perform a quantitative assessment, then we calculate the fair value of the reporting unit 
and compare the fair value with the carrying value of the reporting unit. 
Fair value determinations require considerable judgment and are sensitive to changes in underlying assumptions, 
estimates, and market factors. While we believe we have made reasonable estimates and assumptions to estimate the fair value 
of our reporting units, if: actual results are not consistent with our current estimates and assumptions; management significantly 
changes its estimates and assumptions; there is a deterioration in market factors outside of our control, such as general 
economic conditions in the countries in which we operate, discount rates, income tax rates, foreign currency exchange rates, or 
inflation; or there is a sustained decline in our stock price and market capitalization, goodwill impairment charges may be 
recorded in future periods. The goodwill impairment charges have no effect on liquidity or capital resources. However, they are 
a non-cash charge and could adversely affect our financial results in the period recognized. 
Table of Contents
49

As described further in “Note 15: Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets” to our consolidated financial statements, 
we performed goodwill impairment tests in the fourth quarter of 2024 and recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $100.6 
million at our Cabot reporting unit. The carrying value of our Cabot reporting unit was equal to its fair value immediately after 
the goodwill impairment was recorded. We continue to evaluate and monitor all key factors impacting the goodwill carried at 
the Cabot reporting unit. Adverse changes in our actual or expected operating results, our market capitalization, business 
climate, economic factors or other negative events could result in further goodwill impairment at our Cabot reporting unit. The 
goodwill balance relating to the MCM, Cabot, and LAAP reporting units was $148.9 million, $347.6 million, and $11.3 million, 
respectively, as of December 31, 2024. 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Information regarding recent accounting pronouncements and the impact of those pronouncements, if any, on our 
consolidated financial statements is provided in this Annual Report in “Note 1: Ownership, Description of Business, and 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our consolidated financial statements.
Table of Contents
50

Item 7A—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
We are exposed to economic risks from foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. A portion of these risks is 
hedged, but the risks may affect our financial statements.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rates
We have operations in foreign countries, which expose us to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations due to 
transactions denominated in foreign currencies. Our primary foreign currency exposures relate to the British Pound, Euro, and 
Indian Rupee. We continuously evaluate and manage our foreign currency risk through the use of derivative financial 
instruments, including foreign currency forward contracts with financial counterparties where practicable. Such derivative 
instruments are viewed as risk management tools and are not used for speculative or trading purposes.
From time to time, cross-currency swap agreements are used to effectively convert fixed-rate Euro-denominated 
borrowings and fixed-rate GBP-denominated borrowings, including the principal amount of the underlying debt and periodic 
interest payments, to fixed-rate U.S. dollar denominated debt and are accounted for as fair value hedges. As of December 31, 
2024, we had no outstanding cross-currency swap agreements with financial counterparties. 
Interest Rates 
We have variable interest-bearing borrowings under our credit facilities that subject us to interest rate risk. We have, from 
time to time, utilized derivative financial instruments, including interest rate swap contracts and interest rate cap contracts with 
financial counterparties to manage our interest rate risk. As of December 31, 2024, we held five interest rate swap contracts 
with a total notional amount of $683.1 million and one interest rate cap contract with a notional amount of approximately 
$319.1 million used to manage risk related to interest rate fluctuations. Both the interest rate swap and the interest rate cap 
instruments are designated as cash flow hedges and are accounted for using hedge accounting. Refer to “Note 3: Derivatives 
and Hedging Instruments” for further details.
Our variable interest-bearing debt that is not hedged by derivative financial instruments is subject to the risk of interest 
rate fluctuations. Significant increases in future interest rates on our variable rate debt could lead to a material decrease in future 
earnings assuming all other factors remain constant. The rates used in our variable interest-bearing debt are based on Term 
SOFR, EURIBOR, or other index rates, which in certain cases are subject to a floor. A hypothetical 50 basis points increase or 
decrease in interest rates as of December 31, 2024 related to variable rate debt agreements not hedged by derivatives would 
have a $6.7 million positive or negative impact on income before income taxes. 
As of December 31, 2024, our outstanding interest rate swap agreements had a fair value liability position of 
$18.4 million. If the market interest rates increased 50 basis points, the result would have a favorable effect to the interest rate 
swap’s fair value of $9.1 million. Conversely, if the market interest rates decreased 50 basis points, the result would have an 
unfavorable effect to the interest rate swap’s fair value of $9.2 million. As of December 31, 2024, our outstanding interest rate 
cap contracts had a fair value asset position of $0.3 million. If the market interest rates increased 50 basis points, the result 
would have a favorable effect on the interest rate cap’s fair value of $0.3 million. Conversely, if the market interest rates 
decreased 50 basis points, the result would have an unfavorable effect on the interest rate cap’s fair value of $0.2 million.
Our analysis and methods used to assess and mitigate the risks discussed above should not be considered projections of 
future risks.
Item 8—Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Our consolidated financial statements, the notes thereto and the Report of BDO USA, P.C., our Independent Registered 
Public Accounting Firm, are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K on pages F-1 through F-36.
Item 9—Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Table of Contents
51

Item 9A—Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As of the end of the period covered by this report, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the 
participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), of the 
effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e) 
and 15d-15(e). Based upon that evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that, as of December 31, 2024, our disclosure controls 
and procedures were effective, at the reasonable assurance level, as of such date.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting. 
Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Securities and 
Exchange Act of 1934 as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our executive management and effected by our 
board of directors, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparations of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 
Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness for future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Under the 
supervision of and with the participation of our management, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2024, using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that our 
internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2024. 
BDO USA, P.C., the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements 
included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, was engaged to attest to and report on the effectiveness of Encore’s internal 
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, as stated in its report below.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Other than new controls related to changes to the systems and processes used to forecast estimated future collections for 
our investment in receivable portfolios in the UK, there have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Rules 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2024 that 
have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Table of Contents
52

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Shareholders and Board of Directors
Encore Capital Group, Inc.
San Diego, California
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited Encore Capital Group, Inc.’s (the “Company’s”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 
31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO criteria”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all 
material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on the COSO criteria. 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated statements of financial condition of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the 
related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income, equity, and cash flows for each of the three 
years in the period ended December 31, 2024, and the related notes and our report dated February 26, 2025 expressed an 
unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its 
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying “Item 9A, 
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.” Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the 
PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the 
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. 
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal 
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of 
internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design 
and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other 
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our 
opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures 
that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit 
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the 
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 
/s/ BDO USA, P.C.
San Diego, California
February 26, 2025 
Table of Contents
53

Item 9B—Other Information
On November 8, 2024, Ryan Bell, President of MCM, adopted a trading plan intended to satisfy the affirmative defense of 
Rule 10b5-1(c) to sell up to 7,500 shares of Encore Capital Group, Inc. common stock between March 3, 2025 and February 27, 
2026, subject to certain conditions.
Item 9C—Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspection
None.
54

PART III
Item 10—Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
We have adopted policies and procedures that govern the purchase, sale, or other dispositions of our securities by 
directors, officers and employees, other covered persons and the Company itself, that we believe are reasonably designed to 
promote compliance with insider trading laws, rules, and regulations and any applicable listing standards. A copy of our Insider 
Trading Policy is filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K as Exhibit 19.
The other information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2025 Annual 
Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.
Item 11—Executive Compensation
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2025 Annual Meeting 
of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.
Item 12—Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2025 Annual Meeting 
of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.
Item 13—Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2025 Annual Meeting 
of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.
Item 14—Principal Accountant Fees and Services
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2025 Annual Meeting 
of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.
Table of Contents
55

PART IV
Item 15—Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a) Financial Statements.
The following consolidated financial statements of Encore Capital Group, Inc. are filed as part of this annual report on 
Form 10-K:
 
Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
F-1
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition 
F-4
Consolidated Statements of Operations
F-5
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income 
F-6
Consolidated Statements of Equity
F-7
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
F-8
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-9
(b) Exhibits. 
3.1.1
Restated Certificate of Incorporation
S-1/A
333-77483
3.1
6/14/1999
3.1.2
Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of 
Incorporation
8-K
000-26489
3.1
4/4/2002
3.1.3
Second Certificate of Amendment to the 
Certificate of Incorporation
10-Q
000-26489
3.1.3
8/7/2019
3.2
Amended and Restated Bylaws, as amended 
through December 13, 2022
8-K
000-26489
3.1
12/16/2022
4.1
Form of Common Stock Certificate
S-3
333-163876
4.7
12/21/2009
4.13
Indenture (including form of note), dated 
September 9, 2019, by and among Encore 
Capital Group, Inc., Midland Credit 
Management, Inc., as guarantor, and MUFG 
Union Bank, N.A., as trustee for 2025 
Convertible Notes
8-K
000-26489
4.1
9/10/2019
4.13.1
First Supplemental Indenture, dated October 
29, 2020, to the Indenture, dated as of 
September 9, 2019, by and among Encore 
Capital Group, Inc., Midland Credit 
Management, Inc., as guarantor, and MUFG 
Union Bank, N.A., as trustee
10-Q
000-26489
4.7
11/2/2020
4.14
Description of Registrant’s Securities 
Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
10-K
000-26489
4.14
2/21/2024
4.17
Indenture dated December 21, 2020 between 
Encore Capital Group, Inc., the subsidiary 
guarantors party thereto, Citibank, N.A., 
London Branch as trustee and Truist Bank as 
security agent for Encore 2028 Floating Rate 
Notes
8-K
000-26489
4.1
12/21/2020
Incorporated By Reference
Exhibit 
Number
Exhibit Description
Form
File 
Number
Exhibit
Filing Date
Filed or 
Furnished 
Herewith
Table of Contents
56

4.17.1
First Supplemental Indenture, dated November 
14, 2022, to the Indenture, dated December 21, 
2020, by and between Encore Capital Group, 
Inc., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, 
Citibank, N.A., London Branch as trustee and 
Truist Bank as security agent for Encore 2028 
Floating Rate Notes
10-K
000-26489
4.17.1
2/22/2023
4.18
Indenture dated June 1, 2021 between Encore 
Capital Group, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors 
party thereto, GLAS Trust Company LLC as 
trustee and Truist Bank as security agent for 
Encore 2028 Notes
8-K
000-26489
4.1
6/1/2021
4.18.1
First Supplemental Indenture, dated November 
14, 2022, to the Indenture, dated June 1, 2021, 
by and between Encore Capital Group, Inc., the 
subsidiary guarantors party thereto, GLAS 
Trust Company LLC as trustee and Truist 
Bank as security agent for Encore 2028 Notes 
10-K
000-26489
4.18.1
2/22/2023
4.19
Indenture (including form of note), dated 
March 3, 2023, by and among Encore Capital 
Group, Inc. and Truist Bank, as trustee, for 
2029 Convertible Notes
8-K
000-26489
4.1
3/3/2023
4.20
Indenture dated March 20, 2024 between 
Encore Capital Group, Inc., the subsidiary 
guarantors party thereto, GLAS Trust 
Company LLC as trustee and Truist Bank as 
security agent for Encore 2029 Notes
8-K
000-26489
4.1
3/21/2024
4.21
Indenture dated May 21, 2024 between Encore 
Capital Group, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors 
party thereto, GLAS Trust Company LLC as 
trustee and Truist Bank as security agent for 
Encore 2030 Notes
8-K
000-26489
4.1
5/21/2024
10.1+
Form of Indemnification Agreement
8-K
000-26489
10.1
5/4/2006
10.5+
Encore Capital Group, Inc. Executive 
Separation Plan
10-K
000-26489
10.5
2/23/2022
10.7+
Non-Employee Director Compensation 
Program Guidelines, effective June 7, 2024
10-Q
000-26489
10.2
8/7/2024
10.8+
Non-Employee Director Deferred Stock 
Compensation Plan
10-Q
000-26489
10.2
8/4/2016
10.8.1+
First Amendment to Non-Employee Director 
Deferred Stock Compensation Plan, dated 
August 11, 2016
10-Q
000-26489
10.1
11/9/2016
10.11+
The Encore Capital Group, Inc. 2017 Incentive 
Award Plan
8-K
000-26489
10.3
6/20/2017
10.11.1+
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice 
and Award Agreement under the Encore 
Capital Group, Inc. 2017 Incentive Award Plan
8-K
000-26489
10.4
6/20/2017
10.11.2+
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice 
and Award Agreement under the Encore 
Capital Group, Inc. 2017 Incentive Award Plan 
(Executive Separation Plan Participant)
8-K
000-26489
10.5
6/20/2017
10.11.3+
Form of Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice 
and Award Agreement under the Encore 
Capital Group, Inc. 2017 Incentive Award Plan
8-K
000-26489
10.6
6/20/2017
Incorporated By Reference
Exhibit 
Number
Exhibit Description
Form
File 
Number
Exhibit
Filing Date
Filed or 
Furnished 
Herewith
Table of Contents
57

10.11.4+
Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Award 
Agreement under the Encore Capital Group, 
Inc. 2017 Incentive Award Plan
8-K
000-26489
10.7
6/20/2017
10.11.5+
Form of Performance Share Unit Award Grant 
Notice and Award Agreement (EPS) under the 
Encore Capital Group, Inc. 2017 Incentive 
Award Plan (Executive Separation Plan 
Participant)
8-K
000-26489
10.1
3/15/2018
10.11.6+
Form of Performance Share Unit Award Grant 
Notice and Award Agreement (EPS) under the 
Encore Capital Group, Inc. 2017 Incentive 
Award Plan
8-K
000-26489
10.2
3/15/2018
10.11.7+
Form of Performance Share Unit Award Grant 
Notice and Award Agreement (TSR) under the 
Encore Capital Group, Inc. 2017 Incentive 
Award Plan (Executive Separation Plan 
Participant)
8-K
000-26489
10.3
3/15/2018
10.11.8+
Form of Performance Share Unit Award Grant 
Notice and Award Agreement (TSR) under the 
Encore Capital Group, Inc. 2017 Incentive 
Award Plan
8-K
000-26489
10.4
3/15/2018
10.11.10
+
Form of Performance Share Unit Award Grant 
Notice and Award Agreement (ROIC) under 
the Encore Capital Group, Inc. 2017 Incentive 
Award Plan
10-K
000-26489
10.11.10
2/23/2023
10.19
Amended and Restated Senior Facilities 
Agreement, dated October 17, 2024, by and 
among Encore Capital Group, Inc., the several 
guarantors, banks and other financial 
institutions and lenders from time to time party 
thereto and Truist Bank as Agent and Security 
Agent
8-K
000-26489
10.1
10/23/2024
10.27
Form of Capped Call Confirmations for 2029 
Convertible Notes
8-K
000-26489
10.1
3/3/2023
10.28+
International Assignment Agreement with John 
Yung dated July 31, 2023
10-Q
000-26489
10.1+
8/7/2024
19
Insider Trading Policy
X
21
List of Subsidiaries
X
23
Consent of Independent Registered Public 
Accounting Firm, BDO USA, P.C.
X
31.1
Certification of the Principal Executive Officer 
pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) under 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
X
31.2
Certification of the Principal Financial Officer 
pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) under 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
X
32.1
Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and 
Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 
(furnished herewith)
X
97.1
Encore Policy for Recovery of Erroneously 
Awarded Compensation 
10-K
000-26489
97.1
2/21/2024
Incorporated By Reference
Exhibit 
Number
Exhibit Description
Form
File 
Number
Exhibit
Filing Date
Filed or 
Furnished 
Herewith
Table of Contents
58

101.INS
Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance 
document does not appear in the Interactive 
Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded 
within the Inline XBRL document
X
101.SCH
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema 
Document
X
101.CAL
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation 
Linkbase Document
X
101.DEF
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition 
Linkbase Document
X
101.LAB
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label 
Linkbase Document
X
101.PRE
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension 
Presentation Linkbase Document
X
104
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as 
Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)
Incorporated By Reference
Exhibit 
Number
Exhibit Description
Form
File 
Number
Exhibit
Filing Date
Filed or 
Furnished 
Herewith
+
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
In accordance with Item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of Regulation S-K, copies of certain instruments defining the rights of 
holders of long-term debt of the Company are not filed herewith. Pursuant to this regulation, we hereby agree to 
furnish a copy of any such instrument to the SEC upon request.
Item 16—Form 10-K Summary
None.
Table of Contents
59

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused 
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:
/s/    ASHISH MASIH
 
Ashish Masih
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: February 26, 2025
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons 
on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Name and Signature
Title
Date
/s/    ASHISH MASIH 
President and Chief Executive
Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
February 26, 2025
      Ashish Masih
 
 
/s/    JONATHAN C. CLARK 
Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
February 26, 2025
Jonathan C. Clark
 
 
/s/    WILLIAM C. GOINGS
Director
February 26, 2025
William C. Goings
/s/  ASHWINI GUPTA
Director
February 26, 2025
Ashwini Gupta
/s/    WENDY G. HANNAM
Director
February 26, 2025
Wendy G. Hannam
/s/    JEFFREY A. HILZINGER
Director
February 26, 2025
Jeffrey A. Hilzinger
/s/    ANGELA A. KNIGHT
Director
February 26, 2025
Angela A. Knight
/s/    MICHAEL P. MONACO
Director
February 26, 2025
Michael P. Monaco
/s/    LAURA OLLE
Director
February 26, 2025
Laura Olle
/s/    RICHARD P. STOVSKY
Director
February 26, 2025
Richard P. Stovsky
Table of Contents
60

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (BDO USA, P.C.; San Diego, California; PCAOB 
ID #243)
F-1
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition 
F-4
Consolidated Statements of Operations
F-5
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income
F-6
Consolidated Statements of Equity
F-7
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
F-8
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-9
Note 1: Ownership, Description of Business, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
F-9
Note 2: Fair Value Measurements
F-14
Note 3: Derivatives and Hedging Instruments
F-16
Note 4: Investment in Receivable Portfolios, Net
F-19
Note 5: Composition of Certain Financial Statement Items
F-20
Note 6: Borrowings
F-21
Note 7: Variable Interest Entities
F-25
Note 8: Common Stock
F-25
Note 9: Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
F-26
Note 10: Stock-Based Compensation
F-26
Note 11: Income Taxes
F-27
Note 12: Leases
F-31
Note 13: Commitments and Contingencies
F-32
Note 14: Segment and Geographic Information
F-33
Note 15: Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets
F-35
Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Shareholders and Board of Directors 
Encore Capital Group, Inc.
San Diego, California
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Encore Capital Group, Inc. (the 
“Company”) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) 
income, equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024, and the related notes 
(collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present 
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its 
operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024, in conformity with accounting 
principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria 
established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 
Treadway Commission (“COSO”) and our report dated February 26, 2025 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to 
express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm 
registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal 
securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material 
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. 
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial 
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included 
examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits 
also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating 
the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our 
opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated 
financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to 
accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, 
subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the 
consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, 
providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
Estimate of Expected Future Recoveries on Purchased Credit Deteriorated Assets
As described in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s investment in receivable portfolios, net 
balance was approximately $3.8 billion at December 31, 2024 and the resulting changes in recoveries for the year ended 
December 31, 2024 was a decrease of $89.7 million. As more fully described in Notes 1 and 4 to the consolidated financial 
statements, investment in receivable portfolios, net is comprised of purchased loans that have experienced significant 
deterioration of credit quality since origination. In accordance with the Company’s charge-off policy, each individual loan is 
deemed to be uncollectible. Receivable portfolio purchases are aggregated based on similar risk characteristics (“pool”), and a 
negative allowance is established based on expected future recoveries of the pool using a discounted cash flow approach. 
Subsequent changes (favorable and unfavorable) in expected future recoveries are recognized within changes in recoveries in 
the consolidated statements of income. The Company reviews each pool for current trends, actual versus expected performance, 
and expected timing of future recoveries (curve shape). The Company then re-forecasts the timing and amounts of expected 
future recoveries.
Table of Contents
F-1

We identified management’s judgements and assumptions used in the determination of the estimate of expected future 
recoveries on purchased credit deteriorated assets as a critical audit matter. Estimated future recoveries are based on historical 
experience, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Auditing such judgments and assumptions required a 
high degree of auditor judgment and an increased auditor effort, including the extent of specialized skills and knowledge 
needed. 
The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included: 
•
Testing the design and operating effectiveness of controls over management’s assessment of the reasonableness of 
inputs to and outputs from the Company’s proprietary statistical and behavioral models used to forecast expected 
future recoveries, and performance monitoring of expected future recoveries, which included the observation of 
certain key governance meetings.
•
Testing the collection data used by management to monitor each pool for current trends, actual versus expected 
performance, and the expected amount and timing of future recoveries (curve shape). 
•
Evaluating management’s process used to develop estimates of expected future recoveries and certain qualitative 
factors by: (i) testing source data; and (ii) evaluating the reasonableness of assumptions by comparing to historical 
results, including current and past period forecasts to actual performance, recent performance trends, and curve 
shape.
•
Utilizing personnel with specialized skill and knowledge in financial modeling to assist in assessing the 
appropriateness of certain assumptions, methodology used and the validity of the methods used to produce the 
model output of the new forecasting model.
Goodwill Impairment Assessment 
As described in Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s goodwill balance was approximately 
$507.8 million at December 31, 2024, which was allocated between three reporting units, MCM, Cabot and LAAP.
Subsequent to the annual impairment assessment, the Company identified a triggering event during the fourth quarter of 
2024, indicating the fair value of the goodwill at the Cabot reporting unit may be below its carrying value due to the significant 
reduction in the estimated future recoveries for the Company’s investment in receivable portfolios at Cabot. As a result, the 
Company performed a quantitative goodwill impairment assessment for both the MCM and Cabot reporting units as of 
December 31, 2024. This analysis utilized a combination of the income and the market approaches. The Company also 
evaluated the aggregate fair value of its reporting units to its aggregate market capitalization at the testing date. Management 
determined that the fair value of the Cabot reporting unit was less than its carrying value and recorded an impairment charge of 
$100.6 million.
We identified the December 31, 2024 goodwill impairment assessment of the MCM and Cabot reporting units as a critical 
audit matter because of the significant assumptions and judgments management made as part of the assessment to estimate the 
fair value of the reporting units. The income approach required significant management assumptions, such as certain 
assumptions used in the cash flow forecasts, the discount rate, and the terminal value. The market approach required significant 
management judgment in the selection of appropriate peer group companies and valuation multiples. Auditing such judgments 
and assumptions required a high degree of auditor judgment due to the nature and extent of auditor effort, including the extent 
of specialized skill and knowledge needed. 
The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included: 
•
Evaluating management’s process for developing fair value estimates determined using the income and market 
approaches including testing the relevance and reliability of underlying data, and evaluating significant 
management assumptions to historical results and market participant data.
•
Recalculating the impairment charge to the Cabot reporting unit based on the difference between the fair value 
and carrying value of the goodwill.
•
Testing the reconciliation of the fair value of the Company’s reporting units to the indicated market capitalization 
of the Company, as a whole.
•
Utilizing personnel with specialized skill and knowledge in valuation to assist in: (i) assessing the appropriateness 
of the fair value methodology; (ii) evaluating the reasonableness of certain assumptions used including the 
discount rate, selection of peer group companies, valuation multiples, and the terminal value; (iii) assessing the 
reasonableness of the discount rate by developing independent estimates and comparing estimates to those utilized 
by management; and (iv) evaluating the reasonableness of the market capitalization reconciliation.
Table of Contents
F-2

/s/ BDO USA, P.C.
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2001.
San Diego, California
February 26, 2025 
Table of Contents
F-3

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
(In Thousands, Except Par Value Amounts)
December 31,
2024
December 31,
2023
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 
199,865 $ 
158,364 
Investment in receivable portfolios, net
 
3,776,369  
3,468,432 
Property and equipment, net
 
80,597  
103,959 
Other assets
 
225,090  
293,256 
Goodwill
 
507,808  
606,475 
Total assets
$ 
4,789,729 $ 
4,630,486 
Liabilities and Equity
Liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
$ 
233,545 $ 
189,928 
Borrowings
 
3,672,762  
3,318,031 
Other liabilities
 
116,091  
185,989 
Total liabilities
 
4,022,398  
3,693,948 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)
Equity:
Convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 5,000 shares authorized, no 
shares issued and outstanding
 
—  
— 
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 75,000 shares authorized, 23,691 shares and 
23,545 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and 
December 31, 2023, respectively
 
237  
235 
Additional paid-in capital
 
19,297  
11,052 
Accumulated earnings
 
909,927  
1,049,171 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
(162,130)  
(123,920) 
Total stockholders’ equity
 
767,331  
936,538 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$ 
4,789,729 $ 
4,630,486 
The following table presents certain assets and liabilities of consolidated variable interest entities (“VIEs”) included in the consolidated 
statements of financial condition above. Most assets in the table below include those assets that can only be used to settle obligations of 
consolidated VIEs. The liabilities exclude amounts where creditors or beneficial interest holders have recourse to the general credit of the 
Company. See “Note 7: Variable Interest Entities” for additional information on the Company’s VIEs. 
December 31,
2024
December 31,
2023
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 
23,875 $ 
24,472 
Investment in receivable portfolios, net
 
895,704  
717,556 
Other assets
 
3,699  
19,358 
Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
 
2,946  
1,854 
Borrowings
 
599,830  
494,925 
Other liabilities
 
887  
2,452 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
Table of Contents
F-4

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
Revenues
Revenue from receivable portfolios
$ 
1,302,567 $ 
1,204,437 $ 
1,202,361 
Changes in recoveries
 
(89,740)  
(82,530)  
93,145 
Total debt purchasing revenue
 
1,212,827  
1,121,907  
1,295,506 
Servicing revenue
 
84,783  
83,136  
94,922 
Other revenues
 
18,751  
17,637  
7,919 
Total revenues
 
1,316,361  
1,222,680  
1,398,347 
Operating expenses
Salaries and employee benefits
 
422,910  
391,532  
375,135 
Cost of legal collections
 
259,298  
224,252  
217,944 
General and administrative expenses
 
163,847  
144,862  
145,798 
Other operating expenses
 
130,802  
111,179  
111,234 
Collection agency commissions
 
30,596  
35,657  
35,568 
Depreciation and amortization
 
32,434  
41,737  
46,419 
Goodwill impairment
 
100,600  
238,200  
— 
Impairment of assets
 
18,544  
18,726  
4,075 
Total operating expenses
 
1,159,031  
1,206,145  
936,173 
Income from operations
 
157,330  
16,535  
462,174 
Other expense
Interest expense
 
(252,545)  
(201,877)  
(153,308) 
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
(7,832)  
—  
— 
Other income
 
6,832  
5,078  
2,123 
Total other expense
 
(253,545)  
(196,799)  
(151,185) 
(Loss) income before income taxes
 
(96,215)  
(180,264)  
310,989 
Provision for income taxes
 
(43,029)  
(26,228)  
(116,425) 
Net (loss) income
$ 
(139,244) $ 
(206,492) $ 
194,564 
(Loss) income per share:
Basic
$ 
(5.83) $ 
(8.72) $ 
8.06 
Diluted
$ 
(5.83) $ 
(8.72) $ 
7.46 
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic
 
23,873  
23,670  
24,142 
Diluted
 
23,873  
23,670  
26,092 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
Table of Contents
F-5

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income
(In Thousands)
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
Net (loss) income
$ 
(139,244) $ 
(206,492) $ 
194,564 
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
Change in unrealized (loss) gain on derivative instruments:
Unrealized (loss) gain on derivative instruments
 
(13,627)  
(44,478)  
36,385 
Income tax effect
 
352  
4,891  
(407) 
Unrealized (loss) gain on derivative instruments, net of 
tax
 
(13,275)  
(39,587)  
35,978 
Change in foreign currency translation:
Unrealized (loss) gain on foreign currency translation
 
(29,081)  
15,376  
(78,232) 
Income tax effect
 
720  
(893)  
(3,014) 
Other
 
3,426  
—  
— 
Unrealized (loss) gain on foreign currency translation
 
(24,935)  
14,483  
(81,246) 
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
 
(38,210)  
(25,104)  
(45,268) 
Comprehensive (loss) income 
$ 
(177,454) $ 
(231,596) $ 
149,296 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
Table of Contents
F-6

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Equity
(In Thousands)
 
Common Stock
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Accumulated
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
Total
Equity
Shares
Par
Balance as of December 31, 2021
 24,541 $ 245 
$ 
— 
$ 
1,238,564 
$ 
(53,548) $ 
1,185,261 
Net income
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
194,564 
 
— 
 
194,564 
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
(45,268)  
(45,268) 
Exercise of stock options and issuance of share-
based awards, net of shares withheld for 
employee taxes
 
279 
 
3 
 
(3,949)  
(7,434)  
— 
 
(11,380) 
Repurchase and retirement of common stock
 (1,497)  
(15)  
(10,659)  
(76,332)  
— 
 
(87,006) 
Stock-based compensation
 
— 
 
— 
 
15,402 
 
— 
 
— 
 
15,402 
Settlement of convertible senior notes
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
(71,152)  
— 
 
(71,152) 
Other
 
— 
 
— 
 
(794)  
— 
 
— 
 
(794) 
Balance as of December 31, 2022
 23,323  
233 
 
— 
 
1,278,210 
 
(98,816)  
1,179,627 
Net loss
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
(206,492)  
— 
 
(206,492) 
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
(25,104)  
(25,104) 
Exercise of stock options and issuance of share-
based awards, net of shares withheld for 
employee taxes
 
222 
 
2 
 
(5,108)  
— 
 
— 
 
(5,106) 
Stock-based compensation
 
— 
 
— 
 
13,854 
 
— 
 
— 
 
13,854 
Purchase of capped call options, net of tax 
effect
 
— 
 
— 
 
(13,865)  
— 
 
— 
 
(13,865) 
Unwind of the existing capped call options
 
— 
 
— 
 
30,913 
 
— 
 
— 
 
30,913 
Settlement of convertible senior notes
 
— 
 
— 
 
(14,742)  
(22,547)  
— 
 
(37,289) 
Balance as of December 31, 2023
 23,545  
235 
 
11,052 
 
1,049,171 
 
(123,920)  
936,538 
Net loss
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
(139,244)  
— 
 
(139,244) 
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
(41,636)  
(41,636) 
Issuance of share-based awards, net of shares 
withheld for employee taxes
 
146 
 
2 
 
(5,767)  
— 
 
— 
 
(5,765) 
Stock-based compensation
 
— 
 
— 
 
14,012 
 
— 
 
— 
 
14,012 
Other
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
3,426 
 
3,426 
Balance as of December 31, 2024
 23,691 $ 237 
$ 
19,297 
$ 
909,927 
$ 
(162,130) $ 
767,331 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
Table of Contents
F-7

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In Thousands)
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
Operating activities:
Net (loss) income 
$ 
(139,244) $ 
(206,492) $ 
194,564 
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating 
activities:
Depreciation and amortization
 
32,434 
 
41,737 
 
46,419 
Other non-cash interest expense, net
 
16,325 
 
17,160 
 
15,875 
Stock-based compensation expense
 
14,012 
 
13,854 
 
15,402 
Deferred income taxes
 
(22,280)  
(55,916)  
46,410 
Goodwill impairment
 
100,600 
 
238,200 
 
— 
Impairment of assets
 
18,544 
 
18,726 
 
4,075 
Changes in recoveries
 
89,740 
 
82,530 
 
(93,145) 
Other, net
 
17,880 
 
(2,259)  
18,798 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Other assets
 
(28,245)  
15,894 
 
(6,722) 
Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other liabilities
 
56,402 
 
(10,443)  
(30,995) 
Net cash provided by operating activities
 
156,168 
 
152,991 
 
210,681 
Investing activities:
Purchases of receivable portfolios, net of put-backs
 
(1,336,442)  
(1,060,206)  
(790,569) 
Collections applied to investment in receivable portfolios, net
 
859,911 
 
658,130 
 
709,176 
Purchases of real estate owned
 
(212)  
(26,901)  
(39,340) 
Purchases of property and equipment
 
(29,007)  
(24,807)  
(37,224) 
Proceeds from sale of real estate owned
 
56,396 
 
52,636 
 
27,722 
Other, net
 
8,924 
 
(793)  
— 
Net cash used in investing activities
 
(440,430)  
(401,941)  
(130,235) 
Financing activities:
Payment of loan and debt refinancing costs
 
(21,418)  
(13,707)  
(1,659) 
Proceeds from credit facilities
 
2,031,470 
 
1,196,046 
 
779,513 
Repayment of credit facilities
 
(1,868,111)  
(989,627)  
(515,703) 
Proceeds from senior secured notes
 
1,000,000 
 
104,188 
 
— 
Repayment of senior secured notes
 
(789,106)  
(39,080)  
(39,080) 
Proceeds from issuance of convertible senior notes
 
— 
 
230,000 
 
— 
Repayment of convertible senior notes
 
— 
 
(212,480)  
(221,153) 
Payments to settle derivative instruments
 
(40,038)  
— 
 
— 
Repurchase and retirement of common stock
 
— 
 
— 
 
(87,006) 
Other, net
 
4,977 
 
(7,040)  
(22,357) 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
 
317,774 
 
268,300 
 
(107,445) 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
 
33,512 
 
19,350 
 
(26,999) 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
 
7,989 
 
(4,898)  
(18,734) 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
 
158,364 
 
143,912 
 
189,645 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
$ 
199,865 
$ 
158,364 
$ 
143,912 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest
$ 
210,580 
$ 
163,815 
$ 
131,391 
Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds
 
67,091 
 
68,522 
 
71,276 
Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Investment in receivable portfolios transferred to real estate owned
$ 
5,966 
$ 
7,957 
$ 
1,903 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
Table of Contents
F-8

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 1: Ownership, Description of Business, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Encore Capital Group, Inc. (“Encore”), through its subsidiaries (collectively with Encore, the “Company”), is an 
international specialty finance company providing debt recovery solutions and other related services for consumers across a 
broad range of financial assets. The Company purchases portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables at deep discounts to face 
value and manages them by working with individuals as they repay their obligations and work toward financial recovery. 
Defaulted receivables are consumers’ unpaid financial obligations to credit originators, including banks, credit unions, 
consumer finance companies and commercial retailers. Defaulted receivables may also include receivables subject to 
bankruptcy proceedings. The Company also provides debt servicing and other portfolio management services to credit 
originators for non-performing loans in Europe.
Through Midland Credit Management, Inc. and its domestic affiliates (collectively, “MCM”), the Company is a market 
leader in portfolio purchasing and recovery in the United States. Through Cabot Credit Management Limited (“CCM”) and its 
subsidiaries and European affiliates (collectively, “Cabot”) the Company is one of the largest credit management services 
providers in Europe and the United Kingdom. These are the Company’s primary operations.
The Company also has investments and operations in Latin America and Asia-Pacific, which the Company refers to as 
“LAAP.” 
Basis of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in 
the United States of America (“GAAP”) and reflect the accounts and operations of the Company and those of its subsidiaries in 
which the Company has a controlling financial interest. The Company also consolidates variable interest entities (“VIEs”) for 
which it is the primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary has both (a) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most 
significantly affect the entity’s economic performance and (b) either the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive 
benefits. Refer to “Note 7: Variable Interest Entities” for further details. All intercompany transactions and balances have been 
eliminated in consolidation.
Translation of Foreign Currencies
The financial statements of certain of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are measured using their local currency as the 
functional currency. Assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated into U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates, 
and revenues and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars using average exchange rates in effect during each period. The 
resulting translation adjustments are recorded as a component of other comprehensive income or loss. Equity accounts are 
translated at historical rates, except for the change in retained earnings during the year which is the result of the income 
statement translation process. Intercompany transaction gains or losses at each period end arising from subsequent measurement 
of balances for which settlement is not planned or anticipated in the foreseeable future are included as translation adjustments 
and recorded within other comprehensive income or loss. Translation gains or losses are the material components of 
accumulated other comprehensive income or loss and are reclassified to earnings upon the substantial sale or liquidation of 
investments in foreign operations.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements 
On January 1, 2024, the Company adopted Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. 2023-07, Segment Reporting 
(Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures (“ASU 2023-07”). The ASU requires disclosure of the measure 
of segment performance, significant segment expenses, and segment assets that are regularly provided to the Chief Operating 
Decision Maker. The ASU also includes amendments that expand other existing reportable segment disclosure. The Company 
adopted ASU 2023-07 using the retrospective approach. The Company expanded its segment reporting disclosure as a result of 
adopting this new accounting standard. 
Recent Accounting Standards or Updates Not Yet Effective
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures 
(“ASU 2023-09”). ASU 2023-09 requires disaggregated information about a reporting entity’s effective tax rate reconciliation 
as well as information on income taxes paid. The standard is intended to benefit investors by providing more detailed income 
tax disclosures that would be useful in making capital allocation decisions and applies to all entities subject to income taxes. 
The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company does not expect a material 
impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
Table of Contents
F-9

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income - Expense 
Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses (“ASU 2024-03”). ASU 2024-03 
requires public business entities to disclose in the notes to the financial statements, among other things, specific information 
about certain costs and expenses including purchases of inventory; employee compensation; and depreciation, amortization and 
depletion expenses for each caption on the income statement where such expenses are included. The new standard is effective 
for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2026. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its 
consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-04, Debt - Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20): 
Induced Conversions of Convertible Debt Instruments which clarifies the requirements for determining whether certain 
settlements of convertible debt instruments should be accounted for as an induced conversion. The new standard is effective for 
annual periods beginning after December 15, 2025. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact, but we do not 
expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with GAAP, requires management to make estimates and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the 
date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing 
basis, the Company evaluates significant estimates, including estimated future recoveries on its investment in receivable 
portfolios, fair value of goodwill, and income taxes, among others. The Company bases its estimates on assumptions, both 
historical and forward looking, that are believed to be reasonable. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the date of 
purchase. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents in multiple financial institutions and certain account balances 
exceed federally insurable limits. To date, the Company has experienced no loss or lack of access to cash in its bank accounts. 
The Company believes any risks are mitigated by maintaining cash with highly rated financial institutions. The carrying 
amounts reported in the consolidated statements of financial condition for cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair 
value.
Included in cash and cash equivalents is cash collected on behalf of and due to third-party clients. A corresponding 
balance is included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The balance of cash held for clients was $21.5 million and $16.0 
million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Investment in Receivable Portfolios
The Company purchases portfolios of loans that have experienced significant deterioration of credit quality since 
origination from banks and other financial institutions. These financial assets are defined as purchased credit deteriorated (or 
“PCD”) assets under the accounting standard for Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (“CECL”). Under the PCD accounting 
model, the purchased assets are recognized at their face value with an offsetting allowance and noncredit discount allocated to 
the individual receivables as the unit of account is at the individual loan level. Since each loan is deeply delinquent and deemed 
uncollectible at the individual loan level, the Company applies its charge-off policy and fully writes-off the amortized costs 
(i.e., face value net of noncredit discount) of the individual receivables immediately after purchasing the portfolio. The 
Company then records a negative allowance that represents the present value of all expected future recoveries for pools of 
receivables that share similar risk characteristics using a discounted cash flow approach, which ultimately equals the amount 
paid for a portfolio purchase and presented as “Investment in receivable portfolios, net” in the Company’s consolidated 
statements of financial condition. The discount rate is an effective interest rate (or “purchase EIR”) based on the purchase price 
of the portfolio and the expected future cash flows at the time of purchase. The amount of the negative allowance (i.e., 
investment in receivable portfolios) will not exceed the total amortized cost basis of the loans written-off.
Receivable portfolio purchases are aggregated into pools based on similar risk characteristics. Examples of risk 
characteristics include financial asset type, collateral type, size, interest rate, date of origination, term, and geographic location. 
The Company’s static pools are typically grouped into credit card, purchased consumer bankruptcy, and mortgage portfolios. 
The Company further groups these static pools by geographic location. Once a pool is established, the portfolios will remain in 
the designated pool unless the underlying risk characteristics change. The purchase EIR of a pool will not change over the life 
of the pool even if expected future cash flows change.
Table of Contents
F-10

Revenue is recognized for each static pool over the economic life of the pool. Debt purchasing revenue includes two 
components:
(1)  Revenue from receivable portfolios, which is the accretion of the discount on the negative allowance due to the 
passage of time (generally the portfolio balance multiplied by the EIR) and also includes all revenue from zero basis 
portfolio (“ZBA”) collections, and 
(2)  Changes in recoveries, which includes 
(a)  Recoveries above or below forecast, which is the difference between (i) actual cash collected/recovered during the 
current period and (ii) expected cash recoveries for the current period, which generally represents over or under 
performance for the period; and 
(b)  Changes in expected future recoveries, which is the present value change of expected future recoveries, where 
such change generally results from (i) collections “pulled forward from” or “pushed out to” future periods (i.e. 
amounts either collected early or expected to be collected later) and (ii) magnitude and timing changes to 
estimates of expected future collections (which can be increases or decreases). 
The Company measures expected future recoveries based on historical experience, current conditions, reasonable and 
supportable forecasts, and other quantitative and qualitative factors. Factors that may change the expected future recoveries may 
include both internal as well as external factors. Internal factors include operational performance, such as capacity and the 
productivity of the Company’s collection staff. External factors that may have an impact on the Company’s collections include 
new laws or regulations, new interpretations of existing laws or regulations, and macroeconomic conditions.  
The Company elected not to maintain its previously formed pool groups with amortized costs at transition. Certain pools 
already fully recovered their cost basis and became ZBA prior to the transition. The Company did not establish a negative 
allowance from ZBA pools as the Company elected the Transition Resource Group for Credit Losses’ practical expedient to 
retain the integrity of its legacy pools. All subsequent collections to the ZBA pools are recognized as ZBA revenue, which is 
included in revenue from receivable portfolios in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. 
Transfers of Financial Assets
The Company accounts for transfers of financial assets as sales when it has surrendered control over the related assets. 
Whether control has been relinquished requires, among other things, an evaluation of relevant legal considerations and an 
assessment of the nature and extent of the Company’s ongoing involvement with the assets transferred. Assets obtained and 
liabilities incurred in connection with transfers reported as sales are initially recognized in the statements of financial condition 
at fair value.
Transfers of financial assets that do not qualify for sale accounting are reported as collateralized borrowings. Accordingly, 
the related assets remain on the Company’s statements of financial condition and continue to be reported and accounted for as if 
the transfer had not occurred. Cash proceeds from these transfers are reported as liabilities, with attributable interest expense 
recognized over the life of the related transactions. To date, the Company has not had any transfers of financial assets that did 
not qualify for sale accounting.
Servicing Revenue
Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries earn servicing revenue by providing portfolio management services to credit 
originators for non-performing loans. The Company recognizes servicing revenue when it satisfies the performance obligation 
over time by providing debt solution and credit management services. The Company typically invoices for its services monthly 
with payment terms of 30 days.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 
Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the value assigned to tangible and identifiable intangible assets, 
liabilities assumed, and noncontrolling interest of businesses acquired. Acquired intangible assets other than goodwill are 
amortized over their useful lives unless the lives are determined to be indefinite. Goodwill is tested at the reporting unit level 
annually for impairment and in interim periods if certain events occur indicating the fair value of a reporting unit may be below 
its carrying value. See “Note 15: Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets” for further discussion of the Company’s goodwill 
and other intangible assets.
Table of Contents
F-11

Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The provision for 
depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as 
follows:
Fixed Asset Category
Estimated Useful Life
Leasehold improvements
Lesser of lease term, including periods covered
by renewal options, or useful life
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
5 to 10 years
Computer hardware and software
3 to 5 years
Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense in the year incurred. Expenditures for major renewals that extend the 
useful lives of fixed assets are capitalized and depreciated over the useful lives of such assets.
The Company reviews property and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that 
the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company measures recoverability by comparing the carrying 
amount to the future undiscounted cash flows that the asset is expected to generate. If the asset is not recoverable, its carrying 
amount would be adjusted down to its fair value.  
Real Estate Owned
Real estate-owned assets, or REO assets, represent real estate assets acquired when (1) the Company takes possession of 
the underlying real estate assets of non-performing secured mortgage portfolio previously purchased or (2) when the Company 
purchases real estate assets. Upon repossession or foreclosure, the Company initially records the property received at its fair 
value less costs to sell. Subsequent to acquisition, REO is carried at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated selling costs. 
Management performs valuations at each reporting period end using Level 3 measurements based on appraised values using 
market comparables and a valuation allowance is established by a charge to income for any excess of the carrying value over 
the fair value, less estimated costs to sell the property. The REOs are generally acquired at deeply discounted values and 
therefore the valuation allowances associated with these assets are immaterial. Recoveries in fair value during the holding 
period are recognized until the valuation allowance is reduced to zero. Proceeds received in excess of the carrying value of the 
REO and any associated direct selling costs are recorded as other revenues within the Company’s consolidated statements of 
operations. Costs related to holding and maintaining the property are charged to operating expenses.
Leases
The Company recognizes operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and operating lease liabilities in the consolidated 
statements of financial condition. ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset during the lease term 
and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. ROU assets and lease 
liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the net present value of fixed lease payments over the lease term. The 
Company’s lease term includes options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that it will exercise that 
option. ROU assets also include any advance lease payments made and are net of any lease incentives. As most of the 
Company’s operating leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the 
information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The incremental borrowing 
rate is the rate of interest that the Company would expect to pay to borrow over a similar term, and on a collateralized basis, an 
amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment.
The Company elected not to apply the recognition requirements to short-term leases and not to separate non-lease 
components from lease components for operating leases.
Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes is estimated using the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes, under 
which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on temporary differences between the financial statement and 
income tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the 
years in which the differences are expected to be realized or settled. At each reporting date, the Company considers new 
evidence, both positive and negative, that could affect future realization of deferred tax assets including historical earnings, 
taxable income in prior carryback years if permitted under tax law, projections of future income, timing of reversing temporary 
differences and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies. In the event that it is more likely than not 
that all or part of the deferred tax assets are determined not to be realizable in the future, the Company would establish or 
increase a valuation allowance in the period such determination is made, with a corresponding charge to earnings. In the event 
the Company realizes deferred tax assets that were previously determined to be unrealizable, the Company would release or 
Table of Contents
F-12

decrease the respective valuation allowance, with a corresponding positive adjustment to earnings. The calculation of tax 
liabilities involves significant judgement in estimating the impact and timing of resolution of uncertainties in the application of 
complex tax laws. Resolution of these uncertainties in a manner inconsistent with the Company’s expectations could have a 
material impact on the Company’s results of operation and financial position. The Company records liabilities related to 
uncertain tax positions when it believes that it is more likely than not that those positions may not be fully sustained upon 
review by tax authorities, despite its belief that those tax return positions are supportable. The Company includes interest and 
penalties related to income taxes within its provision for income taxes. See “Note 11: Income Taxes” for further discussion.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company determines stock-based compensation expense for all share-based payment awards based on the 
measurement date fair value. The Company has certain share awards that include market conditions that affect vesting, the fair 
value of these shares is estimated using a lattice model. Compensation cost is not adjusted if the market condition is not met, as 
long as the requisite service is provided. For share awards that require service and performance conditions, the Company 
recognizes compensation cost only for those awards expected to meet the service and performance vesting conditions over the 
requisite service period of the award. Forfeiture rates are estimated based on the Company’s historical experience. Stock-based 
compensation expenses are included in “Salaries and Employee Benefits” in the Company’s consolidated statements of 
operations. See “Note 10: Stock-Based Compensation” for further discussion.
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
The Company recognizes all derivative financial instruments in its consolidated financial statements at fair value. 
Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments are recorded in earnings unless hedge accounting criteria are met. The 
Company designates derivative instruments as cash flow hedges or fair value hedges based on the intended use of the 
derivative. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are not highly effective in hedging the changes in fair value of the 
hedged item are recognized immediately in current earnings. The changes in fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow 
hedges is recorded each period, net of tax, in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss until the related hedged 
transaction occurs. If in the event the hedged cash flow does not occur, or it becomes probable that it will not occur, the 
Company would reclassify the amount of any gain or loss on the related cash flow hedge to income or expense at that time. The 
hedged cash flows will continue to be recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss until the hedged cash flows 
occur or are no longer probable of occurring. The Company classifies the cash flows from a derivative instrument that is 
accounted for as a cash flow hedge (and that does not contain an other-than-insignificant financing element at inception) in the 
same category as the cash flows from the items being hedged. See “Note 3: Derivatives and Hedging Instruments” for further 
discussion. The Company’s derivatives are not subject to any master netting or similar agreements and the Company does not 
offset the fair value of derivative contracts with the same counterparty in its financial statement disclosures. No margin or 
collateral balances are deposited with or received from counterparties. 
Concentration of Supply Risk
A significant percentage of the Company’s portfolio purchases for any given fiscal quarter or year may be concentrated 
with a few large sellers, some of which may also involve forward flow arrangements. A significant decrease in the volume of 
portfolio available from any of the Company’s principal sellers would force the Company to seek alternative sources of 
charged-off receivables.
The Company may be unable to find alternative sources from which to purchase charged-off receivables, and even if it 
could successfully replace these purchases, the search could take time and the receivables could be of lower quality, cost more, 
or both, any of which could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and operating results.
Income or Loss Per Share
Basic income or loss per share is calculated by dividing net income or loss by the weighted average number of shares of 
common stock outstanding during the period. 
The number of shares used to calculate the diluted earnings per share is computed by using the basic weighted-average 
number of common shares outstanding plus any potentially dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period, 
except when their effect is anti-dilutive. Dilutive potential common shares include outstanding stock based awards, and the 
dilutive effect of the convertible and exchangeable senior notes, if applicable.
Table of Contents
F-13

A reconciliation of shares used in calculating income or loss per basic and diluted shares follows (in thousands, except per 
share amounts):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
Net (loss) income
$ 
(139,244) $ 
(206,492) $ 
194,564 
Total weighted-average basic shares outstanding
 
23,873  
23,670  
24,142 
Dilutive effect of stock-based awards
 
—  
—  
344 
Dilutive effect of convertible and exchangeable senior notes
 
—  
—  
1,606 
Total weighted-average dilutive shares outstanding
 
23,873  
23,670  
26,092 
Basic (loss) income per share
$ 
(5.83) $ 
(8.72) $ 
8.06 
Diluted (loss) income per share
$ 
(5.83) $ 
(8.72) $ 
7.46 
The Company had no employee stock options outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2024. Anti-dilutive 
employee stock options outstanding were negligible during the years ended December 31, 2023, and 2022.
Note 2: Fair Value Measurements
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received upon sale of an asset or the price paid to transfer a liability, in an 
orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (i.e., the “exit price”). The Company uses a fair value 
hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used in valuation techniques to measure fair value into three broad levels. The following is a 
brief description of each level:
•
Level 1: Observable inputs such as quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
•
Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These 
include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or 
liabilities in markets that are not active.
•
Level 3: Unobservable inputs, including inputs that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions.
Financial Instruments Required To Be Carried At Fair Value
Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below (in thousands):
 
Fair Value Measurements as of December 31, 2024
 
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Assets
Interest rate cap contracts
$ 
— $ 
252 $ 
— $ 
252 
Liabilities
Interest rate swap agreements
 
—  
(18,360)  
—  
(18,360) 
 
Fair Value Measurements as of December 31, 2023
 
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Assets
Interest rate cap contracts
$ 
— $ 
16,950 $ 
— $ 
16,950 
Cross-currency swap agreements
 
—  
361  
—  
361 
Liabilities
Interest rate swap agreements
 
—  
(22,510)  
—  
(22,510) 
Cross-currency swap agreements
 
—  
(28,039)  
—  
(28,039) 
Derivative Contracts:
The Company uses derivative instruments to manage its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency 
exchange rates. Fair values of these derivative instruments are estimated using models that project future cash flows and 
Table of Contents
F-14

discount the future amounts to a present value using market-based observable inputs, including interest rate curves, foreign 
currency exchange rates, and forward and spot prices for currencies.
Contingent Consideration:
The Company carries certain contingent liabilities resulting from its mergers and acquisition activities. Certain sellers of 
the Company’s acquired entities could earn additional earn-out payments in cash based on the entities’ subsequent operating 
performance. The Company recorded the acquisition date fair values of these contingent liabilities, based on the likelihood of 
contingent earn-out payments, as part of the consideration transferred. The earn-out payments are subsequently remeasured to 
fair value at each reporting date, based on actual and forecasted operating performance. All of the Company’s contingent 
consideration obligations were fully resolved as of December 31, 2022. There were no new contingent liabilities resulted from 
mergers and acquisitions activities for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.
The following table provides a roll-forward of the fair value of contingent consideration, for the year ended December 31, 
2022 (in thousands):
Amount
Balance as of December 31, 2021
$ 
5,218 
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
 
794 
Payment of contingent consideration
 
(5,273) 
Effect of foreign currency translation
 
(739) 
Balance as of December 31, 2022
$ 
— 
Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurement:
Certain assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. The fair values of goodwill and intangible assets are 
determined using various valuation techniques under Level 3 fair value hierarchy, refer to “Note 15, Goodwill and Identifiable 
Intangible Assets” for further details. REO assets are classified as held for sale at the lower of their carrying value or fair value 
less cost to sell. The fair value of the assets held for sale and estimated selling expenses were determined at the time of initial 
recognition and in each reporting period using Level 3 measurements based on appraised values using market comparables. The 
fair value estimate of the assets held for sale was approximately $38.1 million and $70.6 million as of December 31, 2024 and 
December 31, 2023, respectively.
Financial Instruments Not Required To Be Carried At Fair Value
The table below summarizes fair value estimates for the Company’s financial instruments that are not required to be 
carried at fair value. The total of the fair value calculations presented does not represent, and should not be construed to 
represent, the underlying value of the Company. 
Table of Contents
F-15

The carrying amounts in the following table are included in the consolidated statements of financial condition as 
of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 (in thousands):
 
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
 
Fair Value 
Level
Carrying 
Amount
Estimated Fair 
Value
Carrying 
Amount
Estimated Fair 
Value
Financial Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Level 1
$ 
199,865 $ 
199,865 $ 
158,364 $ 
158,364 
Investment in receivable portfolios, net
Level 3
 
3,776,369  
4,052,645  
3,468,432  
3,515,651 
Other assets(2)
Level 2
 
128,674  
128,674  
138,336  
138,336 
Financial Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Level 2
 
233,545  
233,545  
189,928  
189,928 
Global senior secured revolving credit 
facility
Level 2
 
865,365  
865,365  
816,880  
816,880 
Encore private placement notes
Level 2
 
—  
—  
29,310  
28,922 
Senior secured notes(1)
Level 2
 
1,843,386  
1,893,367  
1,649,621  
1,598,636 
Convertible senior notes due October 2025
Level 2
 
100,000  
129,100  
100,000  
136,403 
Convertible senior notes due March 2029
Level 2
 
230,000  
232,611  
230,000  
226,794 
Cabot securitisation senior facility
Level 2
 
319,137  
319,137  
324,646  
324,646 
U.S. facility
Level 2
 
283,500  
283,500  
175,000  
175,000 
Other borrowings
Level 2
 
64,904  
64,904  
24,904  
24,904 
Other liabilities(2)
Level 2
 
97,731  
97,731  
135,440  
135,440 
________________________
(1)
Carrying amount represents historical cost, adjusted for any related debt discount.
(2)
Only includes financial instruments not required to be carried at fair value. Derivative instruments, which are required to be carried at fair value are 
excluded.
Investment in Receivable Portfolios:
The fair value of investment in receivable portfolios is measured by discounting the estimated future cash flows generated 
by the Company’s proprietary forecasting models. The key inputs include the estimated future gross cash flow, average cost to 
collect, and discount rate. The determination of such inputs requires significant judgment, including assessing the assumed 
market participant’s cost structure, its determination of whether to include fixed costs in its valuation, its collection strategies, 
and determining the appropriate weighted average cost of capital. The Company evaluates the use of these key inputs on an 
ongoing basis and refines the data as it continues to obtain better information from market participants in the debt recovery and 
purchasing business.
Borrowings:
The Company’s convertible notes, senior secured notes and private placement notes are carried at historical cost, adjusted 
for the applicable debt discount. The fair value estimate for the convertible notes incorporates quoted market prices. The fair 
value of the senior secured notes and private placement notes is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on 
available market information on discount and borrowing rates with similar terms, maturities, and credit ratings.
The carrying value of the Company’s senior secured revolving credit facility, securitisation senior facility, U.S. facility 
and other borrowings approximates fair value due to the use of current market rates that are repriced frequently.
Others:
The Company’s cash and cash equivalents, certain other assets, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, and other 
liabilities approximate their fair values due to their short-term nature.
Note 3: Derivatives and Hedging Instruments
The Company may periodically enter into derivative financial instruments to manage risks related to interest rates and 
foreign currency. Certain of the Company’s derivative financial instruments qualify for hedge accounting treatment.
Table of Contents
F-16

The following table summarizes the fair value of derivative instruments as recorded in the Company’s consolidated 
statements of financial condition (in thousands):
 
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
Balance Sheet
Location
Fair Value
Balance Sheet
Location
Fair Value
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Interest rate cap contracts
Other assets
$ 
252 
Other assets
$ 
14,564 
Interest rate swap agreements
Other liabilities
 
(18,360) 
Other liabilities
 
(22,510) 
Cross-currency swap agreements
 
—  
— 
Other assets
 
361 
Cross-currency swap agreements
 
—  
— 
Other liabilities
 
(28,039) 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Interest rate cap contracts
 
—  
— 
Other assets
 
2,386 
Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments
The Company may periodically enter into interest rate swap agreements and interest rate cap contracts to reduce its 
exposure to fluctuations in interest rates on variable interest rate debt and their impact on earnings and cash flows. Under the 
swap agreements, the Company receives floating interest rate payments and makes interest payments based on fixed interest 
rates. Under the cap contracts, the Company receives floating interest rate payments and makes interest payments based on 
capped interest rates. The Company designates its interest rate swap and interest rate cap instruments as cash flow hedges at 
inception. 
From time to time, the Company uses cross-currency swap agreements to manage foreign currency exchange risk by 
converting fixed-rate Euro-denominated borrowings and fixed-rate GBP-denominated borrowings including periodic interest 
payments and the payment of principal at maturity to fixed-rate USD debt. The Company designates its cross-currency swap 
agreements as fair value hedges at inception. 
The following table summarizes the terms of the derivative instruments designated as hedging instruments as recorded in 
the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition:
December 31, 2024
Effective date
Maturity Date
Hedge Designation
Notional Amount
Receive Floating 
Rate Index
Interest rate cap contracts
2024 Cap
September 2024
September 2026
Cash flow hedge
$319.1 million
SONIA
Interest rate swap agreements
2023 Euro IR Swap
October 2023
January 2028
Cash flow hedge
$103.5 million
3-month EURIBOR
2024 Euro IR Swaps
June 2024
January 2028
Cash flow hedge
$429.6 million
3-month EURIBOR
         2023 SOFR IR Swaps
November 2023
October 2026
Cash flow hedge
$150.0 million
1-month SOFR 
CME Term
As discussed in “Note 6: Borrowings,” on October 15, 2024, the Company fully redeemed its Senior Secured Notes due 
October 2025 (the “Encore 2025 Notes”), and on November 15, 2024, the Company fully redeemed its Senior Secured Notes 
due February 2026 (the “Encore 2026 Notes”). In connection with the early redemptions of the Encore 2025 Notes and the 
Encore 2026 Notes, the Company settled the corresponding 2020 Euro Swaps and the 2023 GBP Swaps on the respective loan 
redemption dates for approximately $40.0 million. As a result of the early settlement, the Company reclassed the remaining 
OCI balance associated with these cross-currency swaps of approximately $0.1 million gain into interest expense during the 
fourth quarter of 2024. 
Table of Contents
F-17

December 31, 2023
Effective date
Maturity Date
Hedge Designation
Notional Amount
Receive Floating 
Rate Index
Interest rate cap contracts
2019 Cap
January 2020
June 2024
Cash flow hedge
$441.5 million
3-month EURIBOR
2021 Cap(1)
November 2021
September 2024
Cash flow hedge
$318.3 million
SONIA
2024 Cap
September 2024
September 2026
Cash flow hedge
$324.6 million
SONIA
Interest rate swap agreements
2023 Euro IR Swap
October 2023
January 2028
Cash flow hedge
$110.4 million
3-month EURIBOR
2024 Euro IR Swaps
June 2024
January 2028
Cash flow hedge
$458.1 million
3-month EURIBOR
         2023 SOFR IR Swaps
November 2023
October 2026
Cash flow hedge
$150.0 million
1-month SOFR 
CME Term
Cross-currency swap agreements
2020 Euro Swaps
September 2020
October 2025
Fair value hedge
$386.3 million
—
2023 GBP Swaps
July 2023
February 2026
Fair value hedge
$381.9 million
—
_______________________
(1)
The total notional amount of the 2021 Cap was $445.6 million, of which $318.3 million was hedge designated and $127.3 million was not hedge 
designated as of December 31, 2023.
The Company expects to reclassify approximately $6.7 million of derivative loss from OCI into earnings relating to its 
cash flow designated derivatives within the next 12 months. This amount will vary due to fluctuations in benchmark interest 
rates.
The following table summarizes the effects of derivatives designated as hedging instruments in the Company’s 
consolidated financial statements (in thousands):
 Derivatives Designated as Hedging 
Instruments
Gain (Loss)
Recognized in OCI
Location of Gain (Loss) Reclassified 
from OCI into Income
Gain (Loss)
Reclassified
from OCI into
Income 
Year Ended December 31,
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
2024
2023
2022
Interest rate swap agreements
$ 6,602 
$ (22,184) $ 
— 
Interest expense
$ 2,453 
$ 
325 
$ 
— 
Interest rate cap contracts
 (14,309)  (22,820)  33,354 
Interest expense
 (2,029)  (1,856)  
(653) 
Cross-currency swap agreements
 (17,460)  
3,496 
 (27,617) Interest expense
 (3,062)  (5,057)  (7,601) 
Other (expense) income
 (8,902)  
5,886 
 (22,394) 
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments
From time to time, the Company enters into currency exchange forward contracts to reduce the effects of currency 
exchange rate fluctuations. These derivative contracts generally mature within one to six months and are not designated as 
hedge instruments for accounting purposes. The gains or losses on these unhedged derivative contracts are recognized in other 
income or expense based on the changes in fair value. The Company did not have any derivatives that were not designated as 
hedging instruments as of December 31, 2024. 
The following table summarizes the effects of derivatives not designated as hedging instruments on the Company’s 
consolidated statements of operations during the periods presented (in thousands):
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging 
Instruments
Location of Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income 
on Derivative
Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income
Year ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
Interest rate cap contracts
Other income (expense)
$ 
267 $ 
(556) $ 
— 
Table of Contents
F-18

Note 4: Investment in Receivable Portfolios, Net
Investment in receivable portfolios, net consist of the following as of the dates presented (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
Amortized cost
$ 
— $ 
— 
Negative allowance for expected recoveries
 
3,776,369  
3,468,432 
Balance, end of period
$ 
3,776,369 $ 
3,468,432 
The following table summarizes the changes in the balance of investment in receivable portfolios, net during the periods 
presented (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
Balance, beginning of period
$ 
3,468,432 $ 
3,088,261 $ 
3,065,553 
Negative allowance for expected recoveries - current period 
purchases(1)
 
1,352,035  
1,073,812  
800,507 
Collections applied to investment in receivable portfolios, 
net(2)
 
(859,911)  
(658,130)  
(709,176) 
Changes in recoveries(3)
 
(89,740)  
(82,530)  
93,145 
Put-backs and Recalls
 
(15,593)  
(13,606)  
(9,938) 
Disposals and transfers to real estate owned
 
(26,001)  
(7,957)  
(8,335) 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
 
(52,853)  
68,582  
(143,495) 
Balance, end of period
$ 
3,776,369 $ 
3,468,432 $ 
3,088,261 
_______________________
(1)
The table below provides the detail on the establishment of negative allowance for expected recoveries of portfolios purchased during the periods 
presented:
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
Purchase price
$ 
1,352,035 
$ 
1,073,812 
$ 
800,507 
Allowance for credit losses
 
5,489,543 
 
3,430,036 
 
2,332,112 
Amortized cost
 
6,841,578 
 
4,503,848 
 
3,132,619 
Noncredit discount
 
8,661,113 
 
5,333,109 
 
3,216,500 
Face value
 
15,502,691 
 
9,836,957 
 
6,349,119 
Write-off of amortized cost
 
(6,841,578)  
(4,503,848)  
(3,132,619) 
Write-off of noncredit discount
 
(8,661,113)  
(5,333,109)  
(3,216,500) 
Negative allowance
 
1,352,035 
 
1,073,812 
 
800,507 
Negative allowance for expected recoveries - current period purchases
$ 
1,352,035 
$ 
1,073,812 
$ 
800,507 
(2)
Collections applied to investment in receivable portfolios, net, is calculated as follows during the periods presented:
 
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
Cash Collections
$ 
2,162,478 
$ 
1,862,567 
$ 
1,911,537 
Less - amounts classified to revenue from receivable portfolios
 
(1,302,567)  
(1,204,437)  
(1,202,361) 
Collections applied to investment in receivable portfolios, net
$ 
859,911 
$ 
658,130 
$ 
709,176 
Table of Contents
F-19

(3)
Changes in recoveries is calculated as follows during the periods presented, where recoveries include cash collections, put-backs and recalls, and other 
cash-based adjustments: 
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
Recoveries above (below) forecast
$ 
78,202 
$ 
(33,405) $ 
29,253 
Changes in expected future recoveries
 
(167,942)  
(49,125)  
63,892 
Changes in recoveries
$ 
(89,740) $ 
(82,530) $ 
93,145 
Recoveries above or below forecast represent over and under-performance in the reporting period, respectively. 
Collections during the year ended December 31, 2024, over-performed the projected cash flows by approximately $78.2 
million. 
Changes in expected future recoveries are reassessed each quarter, the Company considers, among other factors, historical 
and current collection performance, changes in consumer behavior, and the macroeconomic environment when updating the 
forecasts of expected lifetime recoveries. 
During the fourth quarter of 2024, the Company deployed a new U.K. forecasting model that develops expected future 
recoveries for investment in receivable portfolios at Cabot. The new model update was primarily driven by recent changes at 
Cabot as it continues to acquire portfolios that have more dynamic characteristics and are better forecasted utilizing a model 
that processes data inputs at a more granular level. As part of the new model development process, management updated certain 
model inputs driven by collection experience, operational performance and recent changes in collection strategies. This new 
forecasting model was applied to all vintages, which resulted in a change in the estimate of expected future recoveries. This 
change in accounting estimate reduced Cabot’s estimated remaining collections by $361.6 million, which when discounted to 
present value, resulted in a negative change in expected future recoveries of $75.3 million. The change in accounting estimate 
negatively impacted the Company’s basic and diluted loss per share by $3.15 per share for the year ended December 31, 2024. 
Additionally, the Company recognized approximately $22.2 million of negative changes in expected future recoveries 
resulting from the sale of its investment in receivable portfolios associated with the exit of its Italian debt purchasing and 
recovery business in November 2024, and approximately $7.8 million of negative changes in expected future recoveries 
resulting from the sale of certain secured mortgage portfolios in September 2024. 
As a result of these significant changes in expected recoveries discussed above, and the changes driven by recurring 
reassessments of the expected future recoveries, the Company recorded a total net negative change in expected future recoveries 
of approximately $167.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2024.
Note 5: Composition of Certain Financial Statement Items
Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment consist of the following as of the dates presented (in thousands): 
December 31,
2024
December 31,
2023
Computer equipment and software
$ 
188,487 $ 
187,549 
Leasehold improvements
 
38,769  
34,720 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
 
21,373  
19,962 
Construction in process
 
14,588  
28,639 
Other
 
1,472  
2,229 
 
264,689  
273,099 
Less: accumulated depreciation
 
(184,092)  
(169,140) 
$ 
80,597 $ 
103,959 
During the fourth quarter of 2024, as a result of a significant reduction in estimated future cash flows based on an internal 
forecast at its debt servicing business, the Company performed a recoverability test of certain fixed assets and concluded that 
the assets were not recoverable. The Company subsequently conducted a fair value analysis of the fixed assets and recorded an 
impairment charge related to its computer systems of approximately $18.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024.
Depreciation expense related to property and equipment was $32.4 million, $38.2 million, and $40.1 million during the 
years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
Table of Contents
F-20

Other Assets
Other assets consist of the following as of the dates presented (in thousands):
December 31,
2024
December 31,
2023
Operating lease right-of-use assets
$ 
58,089 $ 
67,019 
Real estate owned
 
38,075  
70,590 
Prepaid expenses
 
35,564  
32,910 
Income tax deposits
 
10,438  
8,735 
Deferred tax assets
 
8,418  
17,277 
Other
 
74,506  
96,725 
Total
$ 
225,090 $ 
293,256 
Note 6: Borrowings
The Company is in compliance in all material respects with all covenants under its financing arrangements as of 
December 31, 2024. The components of the Company’s consolidated borrowings were as follows (in thousands):
December 31,
2024
December 31,
2023
Global senior secured revolving credit facility
$ 
865,365 $ 
816,880 
Encore private placement notes
 
—  
29,310 
Senior secured notes
 
1,846,047  
1,654,989 
Convertible senior notes
 
330,000  
330,000 
Cabot securitisation senior facility
 
319,137  
324,646 
U.S. facility
 
283,500  
175,000 
Other
 
64,904  
24,904 
Finance lease liabilities
 
1,065  
2,818 
 
3,710,018  
3,358,547 
Less: debt discount and issuance costs, net of amortization
 
(37,256)  
(40,516) 
Total
$ 
3,672,762 $ 
3,318,031 
Encore is the parent of the restricted group for the Global Senior Facility and the Senior Secured Notes, both of which are 
guaranteed by the same group of material Encore subsidiaries and secured by the same collateral, which represents substantially 
all of the assets of those subsidiaries.
Global Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility
In September 2020, the Company entered into a multi-currency senior secured revolving credit facility agreement (as 
amended and restated, the “Global Senior Facility”). On October 17, 2024, the Company agreed to amend and restate the 
Global Senior Facility to, among other things, (1) upsize the facility by $92.0 million from $1,203.0 million to $1,295.0 million, 
(2) extend the termination date of the facility from September 2027 to September 2028 except for a $22.5 million tranche that 
will continue to terminate in September 2027, and (3) decrease the interest margin by 0.25% from 2.50% to 2.25%. The 
amendment was accounted for as a debt modification. As of December 31, 2024, the Global Senior Facility included the 
following key provisions: 
•
Interest at Term SOFR (or EURIBOR for any loan drawn in Euro or a rate based on SONIA for any loan drawn in 
British Pound), with a Term SOFR (or EURIBOR or SONIA) floor of 0.00%, plus a margin of 2.25%, plus in the 
case of Term SOFR borrowings, a credit adjustment spread of 0.10%; 
•
An unused commitment fee of 0.40% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears;
•
A restrictive covenant that limits the LTV Ratio (defined in the Global Senior Facility) to 0.75 in the event that the 
Global Senior Facility is more than 20% utilized;
•
A restrictive covenant that limits the SSRCF LTV Ratio (defined in the Global Senior Facility) to 0.275; 
•
A restrictive covenant that requires the Company to maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the 
Global Senior Facility) of at least 2.0; 
Table of Contents
F-21

•
Additional restrictions and covenants which limit, among other things, the payment of dividends and the incurrence 
of additional indebtedness and liens; and
•
Standard events of default which, upon occurrence, may permit the lenders to terminate the Global Senior Facility 
and declare all amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable.
The Global Senior Facility is secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company and the guarantors. Pursuant to the 
terms of an intercreditor agreement entered into with respect to the relative positions of (1) the Global Senior Facility and any 
super priority hedging liabilities (collectively, “Super Senior Liabilities”) and (2) the Senior Secured Notes, Super Senior 
Liabilities that are secured by assets that also secure the Senior Secured Notes will receive priority with respect to any proceeds 
received upon any enforcement action over any such assets.
As of December 31, 2024, the outstanding borrowings under the Global Senior Facility were $865.4 million. The 
weighted average interest rate of the Global Senior Facility was 7.51% and 7.58% for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 
December 31, 2023, respectively. Available capacity under the Global Senior Facility, after taking into account applicable debt 
covenants, was approximately $402.8 million as of December 31, 2024.
Encore Private Placement Notes
In August 2017, Encore entered into $325.0 million in senior secured notes with a group of insurance companies (the 
“Encore Private Placement Notes”). The Encore Private Placement Notes bore an annual interest rate of 5.625%. The covenants 
and material terms for the Encore Private Placement Notes were substantially similar to those for the Global Senior Facility. 
The Encore Private Placement Notes matured in August 2024.
Senior Secured Notes
The following table provides a summary of the Company’s senior secured notes (the “Senior Secured Notes”) ($ in 
thousands):
December 31, 
2024
December 31, 
2023
Issue Currency
Maturity Date
Interest Payment 
Dates
Interest Rate
Encore 2025 Notes
$ 
— $ 
386,324 
EUR
Oct 15, 2025
Apr 15, Oct 15
 4.875 %
Encore 2026 Notes
 
—  
381,937 
GBP
Feb 15, 2026
Feb 15, Aug 15
 5.375 %
Encore 2028 Notes
 
312,880  
318,280 
GBP
Jun 1, 2028
Jun 1, Dec 1
 4.250 %
Encore 2028 Floating Rate 
Notes
 
533,167  
568,448 
EUR
Jan 15, 2028
Jan 15, Apr 15, 
Jul 15, Oct 15
EURIBOR 
+4.250%(1)
Encore 2029 Notes
 
500,000  
— 
USD
Apr 1, 2029
Apr 1, Oct 1
 9.250 %
Encore 2030 Notes
 
500,000  
— 
USD
May 15, 2030
May 15, Nov 15
 8.500 %
$ 1,846,047 $ 1,654,989 
______________________
(1)     Interest rate is based on three-month EURIBOR (subject to a 0% floor) plus 4.250% per annum, resets quarterly.
The Senior Secured Notes are secured by the same collateral as the Global Senior Facility. The guarantees provided in 
respect of the Senior Secured Notes are pari passu with each such guarantee given in respect of the Global Senior Facility. 
Subject to the intercreditor agreement described above under the section “Global Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility,” 
Super Senior Liabilities that are secured by assets that also secure the Senior Secured Notes will receive priority with respect to 
any proceeds received upon any enforcement action over any such assets.
The 2028 Floating Rate Notes had a weighted average interest rate of 7.96% and 7.44% for the years ended December 31, 
2024 and 2023, respectively. As discussed in “Note 3: Derivatives and Hedging Instruments,” the Company uses interest rate 
derivative contracts to manage its risk related to the interest rate fluctuation in its variable interest rate bearing debt. The 
weighted average interest rate of the 2028 Floating Rate Notes including the effect of the hedging instruments was 6.36% and 
4.52% for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. 
In March 2024, the Company issued $500.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 9.250% Senior Secured Notes due 
April 2029 at an issue price of 100.000% (the “Encore 2029 Notes”). Interest on the Encore 2029 Notes is payable semi-
annually, in arrears, on April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing on October 1, 2024. The Company used the proceeds 
from this offering to pay down $493.0 million of the drawings under its Global Senior Facility and to pay certain transaction 
fees and expenses incurred in connection with the offering of the Encore 2029 Notes.
Table of Contents
F-22

In May 2024, the Company issued $500.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 8.500% Senior Secured Notes due 
May 2030 at an issue price of 100.000% (the “Encore 2030 Notes”). Interest on the Encore 2030 Notes is payable semi-
annually, in arrears, on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing on November 15, 2024. The Company used the 
proceeds from this offering to pay down $448.7 million of the drawings under its Global Senior Facility, pay certain transaction 
fees and expenses incurred in connection with the offering of the Encore 2030 Notes and for general corporate purposes.
Using drawings from its Global Senior Facility and cash on hand, the Company fully redeemed the Encore 2025 Notes at 
par on October 15, 2024, and fully redeemed the Encore 2026 Notes at par on November 15, 2024. In connection with the early 
redemptions of the Encore 2025 Notes and Encore 2026 Notes, the Company also settled the corresponding 2020 Euro Swaps 
and 2023 GBP Swaps for approximately $40.0 million. Refer to “Note 3: Derivatives and Hedging Instruments” for further 
detail of the early settlements of the cross currency swap contracts. 
In connection with the redemptions of the Encore 2025 and 2026 Notes, the Company wrote off the related unamortized 
debt discount and issuance costs and recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $4.1 million during the year 
ended December 31, 2024.
Convertible Notes 
The following table provides a summary of the principal balance, maturity date and interest rate for the Company’s 
convertible senior notes (the “Convertible Note”) ($ in thousands):
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
Maturity Date
Interest Payment 
Dates
Interest Rate
2025 Convertible Notes
$ 
100,000 $ 
100,000 
Oct 1, 2025
Apr 1, Oct 1
 3.250 %
2029 Convertible Notes
 
230,000  
230,000 
Mar 15, 2029
Mar 15, Sep 15
 4.000 %
$ 
330,000 $ 
330,000 
In order to reduce the risk related to the potential dilution and/or the potential cash payments the Company may be 
required to make in the event that the market price of the Company’s common stock becomes greater than the conversion prices 
of the Convertible Notes, the Company may enter into hedge programs that increase the effective conversion price for the 
Convertible Notes. In connection with the issuance of the 2029 Convertible Notes, the Company entered into privately 
negotiated capped call transactions that effectively raised the conversion price of the 2029 Convertible Notes from $65.89 to 
$82.69. These hedging instruments have been determined to be indexed to the Company’s own stock and meet the criteria for 
equity classification and therefore the cost was included as a reduction to stockholder’s equity in the consolidated statement of 
financial condition as of December 31, 2024. Subsequent changes in fair value of these financial instruments are not recognized 
in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company did not hedge the 2025 Convertible Notes. 
Certain key terms related to the convertible features as of December 31, 2024 are listed below ($ in thousands, except 
conversion or exchange price):
2025 Convertible 
Notes
2029 Convertible 
Notes
Initial conversion price
$ 
40.00 $ 
65.89 
Closing stock price at date of issuance
$ 
32.00 $ 
51.68 
Closing stock price date
Sep 4, 2019
Feb 28, 2023
Initial conversion rate (shares per $1,000 principal amount)
 
25.0000  
15.1763 
Adjusted conversion rate (shares per $1,000 principal amount)
 
25.1310  
15.1763 
Adjusted conversion price(1)
$ 
39.79 $ 
65.89 
Adjusted effective conversion price(2)
$ 
39.79 $ 
82.69 
Excess of if-converted value compared to principal(3)
$ 
20,051 $ 
— 
Conversion date
Jul 1, 2025
Dec 15, 2028
______________________
(1)
Pursuant to the indenture for the Company’s 2025 Convertible Notes, the conversion rate for the 2025 Convertible Notes was adjusted upon the 
completion of the Company’s tender offer in December 2021. 
(2)
As discussed above, the Company maintains a hedge program that increases the effective conversion price for the 2029 Convertible Notes to $82.69.
(3)
Represents the premium the Company would have to pay assuming the Convertible Notes were converted on December 31, 2024 using a hypothetical 
share price based on the closing stock price on December 31, 2024. 
Table of Contents
F-23

Prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding their respective free conversion dates (listed 
above), holders may convert their Convertible Notes under certain circumstances set forth in the applicable indentures. On or 
after their respective free conversion dates until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately 
preceding their respective maturity dates, holders may convert their notes at any time. 
In the event of conversion, the Convertible Notes are convertible into cash up to the aggregate principal amount of the 
notes and the excess conversion premium, if any, may be settled in cash or shares of the Company’s common stock at the 
Company’s election and subject to certain restrictions contained in each of the indentures governing the Convertible Notes.  
The Company’s convertible notes are carried as a single liability, which reflects the principal amount of the convertible 
notes. Interest expense related to the Convertible Notes was approximately $12.5 million, $12.6 million, and $12.0 million for 
the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
Cabot Securitisation Senior Facility
Prior to December 18, 2024, Cabot Securitisation UK Ltd (“Cabot Securitisation”), an indirect subsidiary of Encore, had a 
senior facility for a committed amount of £255.0 million (as amended, the “Cabot Securitisation Senior Facility”), which had a 
maturity date in September 2028. Funds drawn under the Cabot Securitisation Senior Facility bore interest at a rate per annum 
equal to SONIA plus a margin of 3.20% plus, for periods after September 18, 2026, a step up margin ranging from zero to 
1.00%. On December 18, 2024, the obligations under the Cabot Securitisation Senior Facility were paid off in full and the 
Cabot Securitisation Senior Facility was terminated. On December 18, 2024, Cabot Securitisation entered into a new 
£255.0 million senior facility (the “2024 Cabot Securitisation Senior Facility”) with different lenders. Funds drawn under the 
2024 Cabot Securitisation Senior Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to SONIA plus a margin of 3.20% plus, for 
periods after January 18, 2028, a step up margin ranging from zero to 1.00%. The 2024 Cabot Securitisation Senior Facility 
matures in January 2030. In connection with the termination of the Cabot Securitisation Senior Facility, the Company wrote off 
related unamortized debt issuance costs and recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $3.7 million during 
the year ended December 31, 2024.
As of December 31, 2024, the outstanding borrowings under the 2024 Cabot Securitisation Senior Facility were £255.0 
million (approximately $319.1 million based on an exchange rate of $1.00 to £0.80, the exchange rate as of December 31, 
2024). The obligations of Cabot Securitisation under the 2024 Cabot Securitisation Senior Facility are secured by first ranking 
security interests over all of Cabot Securitisation’s property, assets and rights (including receivables purchased from Cabot 
Financial UK from time to time), the book value of which was approximately £324.1 million (approximately $405.6 million 
based on an exchange rate of $1.00 to £0.80, the exchange rate as of December 31, 2024) as of December 31, 2024. The 
weighted average interest rate of the Cabot Securitisation Senior Facility or the Cabot Securitisation Senior Facility, as the case 
may be, was 8.32% and 7.68% for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. As discussed in “Note 3: 
Derivatives and Hedging Instruments,” the Company uses interest rate derivative contracts to manage its risk related to the 
interest rate fluctuation in its variable interest rate bearing debt. The weighted average interest rate of the Cabot Securitisation 
Senior Facility or the 2024 Cabot Securitisation Senior Facility, as the case may be, including the effect of the hedging 
instruments was 6.27% and 5.41% for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. 
Cabot Securitisation is a securitized financing vehicle and is a VIE for consolidation purposes. Refer to “Note 7: Variable 
Interest Entities” for further details.
U.S. Facility 
In October 2023, an indirect subsidiary of Encore (“U.S. Financing Subsidiary”), entered into a facility for a committed 
amount of $175.0 million (the “U.S. Facility”). The Company amended its U.S. Facility, effective September 17, 2024, to 
extend the maturity date from October 2026 to October 2027 and to increase the committed amount from $175.0 million to 
$300.0 million. The amendment was accounted for as a debt modification. Funds drawn under the U.S. Facility bear interest at 
a rate per annum equal to Term SOFR plus a margin of 3.50%.
As of December 31, 2024, the outstanding borrowings under the U.S. Facility were $283.5 million. The obligations under 
the U.S. Facility are secured by first ranking security interests over all of U.S. Financing Subsidiary’s assets and rights. As of 
December 31, 2024, this included receivables acquired from MCM, the book value of which was approximately $486.1 million. 
The weighted average interest rate of the U.S. Facility was 8.62% and 8.84% for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, 
respectively. As discussed in “Note 3: Derivatives and Hedging Instruments,” the Company uses interest rate derivative 
contracts to manage its risk related to the interest rate fluctuation in its variable interest rate bearing debt. The weighted average 
interest rate of the U.S. Facility including the effect of the hedging instruments was 7.93% and 8.25% for the years ended 
December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. 
Table of Contents
F-24

The U.S. Facility is a securitized financing vehicle and is a VIE for consolidation purposes. Refer to “Note 7: Variable 
Interest Entities” for further details.
Finance Lease Liabilities
The Company has finance lease liabilities primarily for computer equipment. As of December 31, 2024, the Company’s 
finance lease liabilities were approximately $1.1 million. Refer to “Note 12: Leases” for further details.
Maturity Schedule
The aggregate amounts of the Company’s borrowings, including finance lease liabilities, maturing in each of the next five 
years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):
2025
$ 
114,921 
2026
 
12,006 
2027
 
339,989 
2028
 
1,690,572 
2029
 
733,393 
Thereafter
 
819,137 
Total
$ 
3,710,018 
Note 7: Variable Interest Entities
A VIE is defined as a legal entity whose equity owners do not have sufficient equity at risk, or, as a group, the holders of 
the equity investment at risk lack any of the following three characteristics: decision-making rights, the obligation to absorb 
expected losses, or the right to receive expected residual returns of the entity. The primary beneficiary is identified as the 
variable interest holder that has both the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly affect the entity’s 
economic performance and the obligation to absorb expected losses or the right to receive residual returns from the entity that 
could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company consolidates VIEs when it is the primary beneficiary.
As of December 31, 2024, the Company’s VIEs include certain securitized financing vehicles and other immaterial special 
purpose entities that were created to purchase receivable portfolios in certain geographies. The Company is the primary 
beneficiary of these VIEs. The Company has the power to direct the activities of the VIEs including the ability to exercise 
discretion in the servicing of the financial assets and has the right to receive residual returns that could potentially be significant 
to the VIEs. The Company’s exposure to loss is limited to the total of the carrying value of the VIEs. The Company evaluates 
its relationships with its VIEs on an ongoing basis to ensure that it continues to be the primary beneficiary. 
Most assets recognized as a result of consolidating these VIEs do not represent additional assets that could be used to 
satisfy claims against the Company’s general assets. Conversely, liabilities recognized as a result of consolidating these VIEs 
do not represent additional claims on the Company’s general assets; rather, they represent claims against the specific assets of 
the VIE.
Note 8: Common Stock
On August 12, 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a $50.0 million share repurchase program. On May 5, 
2021, the Company announced that the Board of Directors had approved an increase in the size of the repurchase program from 
$50.0 million to $300.0 million (an increase of $250.0 million). Repurchases under this program are expected to be made with 
cash on hand and may be made from time to time, subject to market conditions and other factors, in the open market, through 
private transactions, block transactions, or other methods as determined by the Company’s management and Board of Directors, 
and in accordance with market conditions, other corporate considerations, and applicable regulatory requirements. The program 
does not obligate the Company to acquire any particular amount of common stock, and it may be modified or suspended at any 
time at the Company’s discretion. During the year ended December 31, 2022, we repurchased 1,497,184 shares of our common 
stock for approximately $86.9 million under the share repurchase program. We did not make any repurchases under the share 
repurchase program during the years ended December 31, 2024 or 2023. The Company’s practice is to retire the shares 
repurchased. 
The Company records the excess of repurchase price over the par amount to additional paid-in capital, then to retained 
earnings once additional paid-in capital is reduced to zero. Direct costs relating to the stock repurchases are treated as stock 
issuance costs and are included in stockholders’ equity.
Table of Contents
F-25

Note 9: Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
A summary of the Company’s changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss by component is presented below (in 
thousands):
 
Derivatives
Currency Translation 
Adjustments
Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive Loss
Balance at December 31, 2021
$ 
516 $ 
(54,064) $ 
(53,548) 
Other comprehensive income (loss) before 
reclassification
 
5,737  
(78,232)  
(72,495) 
Reclassification
 
30,648  
—  
30,648 
Tax effect
 
(407)  
(3,014)  
(3,421) 
Balance at December 31, 2022
 
36,494  
(135,310)  
(98,816) 
Other comprehensive (loss) income before 
reclassification
 
(41,508)  
15,376  
(26,132) 
Reclassification
 
(2,970)  
—  
(2,970) 
Tax effect
 
4,891  
(893)  
3,998 
Balance at December 31, 2023
 
(3,093)  
(120,827)  
(123,920) 
Other comprehensive loss before reclassification
 
(25,167)  
(29,081)  
(54,248) 
Reclassification
 
11,540  
—  
11,540 
Other
 
—  
3,426  
3,426 
Tax effect
 
352  
720  
1,072 
Balance at December 31, 2024
$ 
(16,368) $ 
(145,762) $ 
(162,130) 
Note 10: Stock-Based Compensation
In April 2017, Encore’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) approved the Encore Capital Group, Inc. 2017 Incentive Award 
Plan (the “2017 Plan”), which was then approved by the Company’s stockholders on June 15, 2017. Board members, 
employees, and consultants of Encore and its subsidiaries and affiliates are eligible to receive awards under the 2017 Plan. 
Subject to certain adjustments, the Company may grant awards for an aggregate of 5,713,571 shares of the Company’s common 
stock under the 2017 Plan. The aggregate number of shares available for issuance under the 2017 Plan is reduced by 2.12 shares 
for each share delivered in settlement of any full value award and by one share for each share delivered in settlement of any 
stock option or stock appreciation right. When an award under the 2017 Plan expires, lapses or is terminated, exchanged for 
cash, surrendered, repurchased, canceled without having been fully exercised or forfeited, the unused shares covered by such 
award will again become available for award grants under the 2017 Plan. Shares available under the 2017 Plan will be increased 
by 2.12 shares for each share subject to a full value award and by one share for each share subject to a stock option or a stock 
appreciation right, in each case, that become or again be available for issuance pursuant to the foregoing share counting 
provisions. The 2017 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock, 
restricted stock units, dividend equivalent rights, stock appreciation rights, cash awards, performance-based awards and any 
other types of awards not inconsistent with the 2017 Plan. 
Total stock-based compensation expense during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 was $14.0 million, 
$13.9 million, and $15.4 million, respectively. The actual tax benefit from stock-based compensation arrangements totaled $1.2 
million, $1.8 million, and $4.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. 
The Company’s current stock-based awards are primarily restricted stock units. The fair value of restricted stock units 
with a service condition and/or a performance condition that affect vesting is equal to the closing sale price of the Company’s 
common stock on the grant date. Compensation expense is recognized only for the awards that ultimately vest. The Company 
has certain share awards that include market conditions that affect vesting. These shares vest based on the Company’s three-
year relative total stockholder return compared to the other companies in the S&P SmallCap 600 Financial Sector Index as of 
the date of grant. The fair value of these shares is estimated using a lattice model. For the majority of restricted stock units, 
shares are issued on the vesting dates net of the number of shares needed to satisfy minimal statutory tax withholding 
requirements. The tax obligations are then paid by the Company on behalf of the employees.
A summary of the Company’s stock award activities as of December 31, 2024, and changes during the year then ended, is 
presented below:
Table of Contents
F-26

Non-Vested
Shares (1)
Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Non-vested as of December 31, 2023
 
518,713 $ 
53.45 
Awarded
 
388,698 $ 
49.73 
Vested
 
(282,359) $ 
50.06 
Cancelled
 
(17,593) $ 
46.83 
Non-vested as of December 31, 2024
 
607,459 $ 
52.84 
________________________
(1)
Certain of the Company’s stock awards have a vesting matrix under which the stock awards can vest at a maximum level that is up to 200% of the 
shares that would vest for achieving the performance goals at target. The number of shares presented is based on achieving the performance goals at 
target levels as defined in the stock award agreements. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the maximum number of shares that could vest if non-vested 
performance shares vested at maximum levels was 757,061 and 659,343, respectively.
Unrecognized compensation expense related to restricted stock units as of December 31, 2024 was $16.2 million. The 
weighted-average remaining expense period, based on the unamortized value of these outstanding non-vested shares, was 
approximately 1.5 years. The fair value of restricted stock units vested for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 
was $13.8 million, $15.7 million, and $26.9 million, respectively. The weighted average grant date fair value for stock awards 
granted during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 was $49.73, $49.97, and $60.45, respectively.
Note 11: Income Taxes 
Income or loss before provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
US
$ 
137,101 $ 
61,356 $ 
331,009 
Foreign
 
(233,316)  
(241,620)  
(20,020) 
Total (loss) income before provision for income taxes
$ 
(96,215) $ 
(180,264) $ 
310,989 
The provision for income tax consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
Current expense (benefit):
Federal
$ 
48,272 $ 
59,558 $ 
59,105 
State
 
11,242  
17,677  
11,803 
Foreign
 
5,795  
4,909  
(893) 
 
65,309  
82,144  
70,015 
Deferred expense (benefit):
Federal
 
(19,653)  
(49,028)  
8,142 
State
 
(3,423)  
(8,685)  
6,290 
Foreign
 
796  
1,797  
31,978 
 
(22,280)  
(55,916)  
46,410 
Provision for income taxes
$ 
43,029 $ 
26,228 $ 
116,425 
Table of Contents
F-27

The reconciliation of federal statutory income tax rate to our effective tax rate was as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
Federal provision
 21.0 %
 21.0 %
 21.0 %
State provision
 (5.7) %
 (3.0) %
 5.0 %
Foreign rate differential
 (2.8) %
 0.6 %
 (0.3) %
Change in valuation allowance (1)
 (32.2) %
 7.3 %
 13.2 %
Goodwill impairment (2)
 (22.4) %
 (28.3) %
 — %
Taxable gain (deductible loss) in foreign jurisdiction (3)
 2.6 %
 2.9 %
 (2.7) %
Nondeductible compensation
 (1.2) %
 (0.6) %
 0.4 %
Return to provision adjustments
 (1.3) %
 0.6 %
 0.6 %
Forfeit benefit due to merger/liquidations (4)
 — %
 (14.7) %
 — %
Other 
 (2.7) %
 (0.3) %
 0.2 %
Effective rate
 (44.7) %
 (14.5) %
 37.4 %
________________________
(1)
The change in valuation allowance during the year ended December 31, 2024 reflected certain foreign subsidiaries’ operating losses. The change in 
valuation allowance during the year ended December 31, 2023 was primarily due to the forfeit of tax benefits on merger or liquidation of foreign 
subsidiaries that maintained full valuation allowances on their deferred tax assets. The change in valuation allowance during the year ended December 
31, 2022 included valuation allowance recorded on U.K. deferred tax assets.
(2)
During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $100.6 million and 
$238.2 million at its Cabot reporting unit, respectively. Refer to “Note 15: Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets” for further details.
(3)
Represents taxable foreign currency movement recognized in a foreign subsidiary for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. For the year ended 
December 2022, the Company had deductible loss recognized in a foreign subsidiary that maintains a full valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets. 
Accordingly, the deductible loss increased the valuation allowance and did not result in any tax benefit.
(4)
Represents the forfeit of tax benefits on merger or liquidation of foreign subsidiaries that maintained full valuation allowances on their deferred tax 
assets during the year ended December 31, 2023.
The Company’s subsidiary in Costa Rica is operating under a 100% tax holiday through December 31, 2026. The impact 
of the tax holiday in Costa Rica for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 was immaterial.
The Company has not provided for applicable income or withholding taxes on the undistributed earnings from continuing 
operations for certain of its subsidiaries operating outside of the United States. Undistributed net income of these subsidiaries as 
of December 31, 2024, were approximately $174.8 million. Such undistributed earnings are considered permanently reinvested.
 The Company does not provide deferred taxes on translation adjustments of unremitted earnings under the indefinite 
reinvestment exemption. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability related to these earnings is not 
practical due to the complexities of a hypothetical calculation. Subsidiaries operating outside of the United States for which the 
Company does not consider under the indefinite reinvestment exemption have no material undistributed earnings or outside 
basis differences and therefore no U.S. taxes have been provided.
Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the carrying amounts for income tax purposes. 
Table of Contents
F-28

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):
December 31,
2024
December 31,
2023
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating losses
$ 
58,008 $ 
50,061 
Operating lease liabilities
 
11,523  
16,938 
Accrued expenses
 
10,490  
9,048 
Difference in basis of bond and loan costs
 
3,370  
4,155 
Difference in basis of receivable portfolio
 
12,316  
22,070 
Stock-based compensation
 
4,427  
3,916 
Difference in basis of depreciable and amortizable assets
 
4,353  
1,957 
Accrued interest expense
 
14,118  
— 
Other
 
6,437  
5,303 
Total deferred tax assets
 
125,042  
113,448 
Valuation allowance
 
(84,155)  
(54,993) 
Total deferred tax assets net of valuation allowance
 
40,887  
58,455 
Deferred tax liabilities:
Accrued expenses
 
(44)  
(76) 
Difference in basis of bond and loan costs
 
—  
(445) 
Difference in basis of receivable portfolio
 
(27,252)  
(56,263) 
Stock-based compensation
 
(19)  
— 
Right-of-use asset
 
(9,360)  
(14,306) 
Difference in basis of depreciable and amortizable assets
 
(4,282)  
(8,596) 
Prepaid expenses
 
(1,260)  
(545) 
Other
 
(730)  
(3,087) 
Total deferred tax liabilities
 
(42,947)  
(83,318) 
Net deferred tax liability(1)
$ 
(2,060) $ 
(24,863) 
________________________ 
(1)
The Company operates in multiple jurisdictions. In accordance with authoritative guidance relating to income taxes, deferred taxes and liabilities are 
netted for each tax-paying component of the Company within a particular tax jurisdiction, and presented as a single amount in the statement of financial 
condition.
As of December 31, 2024, certain of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries have net operating loss carry forwards of 
approximately $265.8 million, of which $28.4 million will begin to expire in 2026 and the remainder will carry forward 
indefinitely. Certain of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries have state net operating losses, which will begin to expire in 2035.
Valuation allowances are recorded against deferred tax assets, including certain net operating losses recorded as deferred 
tax assets, if the Company believes it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. As 
of December 31, 2024, valuation allowances increased by $29.2 million, as compared to December 31, 2023. The change in 
valuation allowance is primarily related to current operating losses at certain foreign entities during the period.
Table of Contents
F-29

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefit is as follows (in thousands):
Amount
December 31, 2021
$ 
4,547 
Decrease related to prior year tax positions
 
(1,296) 
Decrease related to settlements with taxing authorities
 
(713) 
Decrease related to expiration of statute of limitations
 
(115) 
Increase related to prior year tax positions
 
874 
Increase related to current year tax positions
 
691 
December 31, 2022
$ 
3,988 
Increase related to prior year tax positions
 
2,302 
Increase related to current year tax positions
 
649 
Decrease related to expiration of statute of limitations
 
(69) 
Other
 
91 
December 31, 2023
$ 
6,961 
Decrease related to expiration of statute of limitations
 
(1,044) 
Decrease related to prior year tax positions
 
(38) 
Increase related to current year tax positions
 
483 
Other
 
(107) 
Balance as of December 31, 2024
$ 
6,255 
The Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits, inclusive of penalties and interest, of $7.9 million, $8.2 million and 
$4.9 million as of December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 respectively. As of December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, there was $6.6 
million, $5.0 million and $2.5 million, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefit that if recognized, would result in a net tax 
benefit. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the increase in the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefit was primarily 
due to the release of a prior year position related to a domestic entity. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the increase in 
the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefit was primarily due to a prior year position related to a domestic entity. During the 
year ended December 31, 2022, the decrease in the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefit was primarily due the release of 
prior year positions related to foreign entities.
The Company believes that an adequate provision has been made for any adjustments that may result from tax 
examinations. However, it is reasonably possible that certain changes may occur within the next 12 months, which could 
significantly increase or decrease the balance of the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax as a component of the provision for income taxes. 
Interest and penalties expensed during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 were immaterial. Interest and 
penalties accrued as of December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2021 were immaterial.
The Company files federal, state and non-U.S. income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. The 
Company is subject to examination of its income tax returns by various taxing authorities, and the timing of the resolution of 
income tax examinations cannot be predicted with certainty. In general, the Company is subject to examination for tax years 
after December 31, 2020 for the U.S. federal jurisdiction, after December 31, 2020 for U.S state jurisdictions, and after 
December 31, 2019 in major foreign jurisdictions. 
The Company’s management regularly assesses the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from examinations, if any, 
to determine the adequacy of the Company’s provision for income taxes. If any issues addressed in the Company’s tax 
examinations are resolved in a manner not consistent with management’s expectations, the Company could be required to adjust 
its provision for income taxes in the period such resolution occurs.
Table of Contents
F-30

Note 12: Leases 
The majority of the Company’s leases are for corporate offices, various facilities, and information technology equipment. 
The components of lease expense were as follows during the periods presented (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
Operating lease costs(1)
$ 
15,287 $ 
15,102 $ 
18,403 
Finance lease costs
Amortization of ROU assets
 
1,855  
2,804  
4,296 
Interest on lease liabilities
 
79  
168  
312 
Total lease costs
$ 
17,221 $ 
18,074 $ 
23,011 
________________________
(1)
Operating lease expenses are included in general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Costs include 
short-term and variable lease components which were not material for the periods presented.   
The following table provides supplemental consolidated statement of financial condition information related to leases as 
of the dates presented (in thousands):
Classification
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
Assets
Operating lease ROU assets, net
Other assets
$ 
58,089 $ 
67,019 
Finance lease ROU assets, net
Property and equipment, net
 
1,023  
2,689 
Total lease ROU assets
$ 
59,112 $ 
69,708 
Liabilities
Operating lease liabilities
Other liabilities
$ 
69,748 $ 
81,467 
Finance lease liabilities
Borrowings
 
1,065  
2,818 
Total lease liabilities
$ 
70,813 $ 
84,285 
Supplemental lease information is summarized below (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
ROU assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease 
obligations
$ 
3,957 $ 
12,772 $ 
22,582 
ROU assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease 
obligations
 
203  
234  
3,273 
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease 
liabilities
Operating leases - operating cash flows
 
18,212  
17,195  
19,227 
Finance leases - operating cash flows
 
79  
165  
312 
Finance leases - financing cash flows
 
1,953  
3,032  
4,622 
Lease term and discount rate were as follows:
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
December 31, 2022
Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years)
Operating leases
5.4
5.7
5.9
Finance leases
1.4
1.6
2.1
Weighted-average discount rate
Operating leases
 5.3 %
 5.4 %
 5.2 %
Finance leases
 4.8 %
 4.1 %
 3.9 %
Table of Contents
F-31

Maturities of lease liabilities under non-cancelable leases as of December 31, 2024 are summarized as follows (in 
thousands):
Finance Leases
Operating Leases
Total
2025
$ 
859 $ 
17,371 $ 
18,230 
2026
 
158  
16,353  
16,511 
2027
 
99  
13,679  
13,778 
2028
 
—  
11,962  
11,962 
2029
 
—  
9,987  
9,987 
Thereafter
 
—  
11,887  
11,887 
Total undiscounted lease payments
 
1,116  
81,239  
82,355 
Less: imputed interest
 
(51)  
(11,491)  
(11,542) 
Total lease liabilities
$ 
1,065 $ 
69,748 $ 
70,813 
Note 13: Commitments and Contingencies
Litigation and Regulatory
The Company is involved in disputes, legal actions, regulatory investigations, inquiries, and other actions from time to 
time in the ordinary course of business. The Company, along with others in its industry, is routinely subject to legal actions 
asserting various claims, including those based on the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act (“FDCPA”), the Fair Credit Reporting 
Act (“FCRA”), the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (“TCPA”), comparable state statutes, state and federal unfair 
competition statutes, and common law causes of action. The violations of law investigated or alleged in these actions often 
include claims that the Company lacks specified licenses to conduct its business, attempts to collect debts on which the statute 
of limitations has run, has made inaccurate or unsupported assertions of fact in support of its collection actions and/or has acted 
improperly in connection with its efforts to contact consumers. Such litigation and regulatory actions could involve potential 
compensatory or punitive damage claims, fines, sanctions, injunctive relief, or changes in business practices. Many continue on 
for some length of time and involve substantial investigation, litigation, negotiation, and other expense and effort before a result 
is achieved, and during the process the Company often cannot determine the substance or timing of any eventual outcome.
In September 2015, the Company entered into a consent order (the “2015 Consent Order”) with the Consumer Financial 
Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) in which the Company settled allegations arising from its practices between 2011 and 2015. In 
October 2020, the Company entered into a stipulated judgment (“Stipulated Judgment”) with the CFPB to resolve a subsequent 
lawsuit related to the 2015 Consent Order. In connection with the Stipulated Judgment, the CFPB formally terminated the 2015 
Consent Order. Additionally, we are subject to ancillary state Attorney General investigations related to similar debt collection 
practices. We have entered into settlement agreements with the Attorneys General of various U.S. states in connection with our 
debt collection and litigation practices. The Company has discussed with additional state attorneys general potential resolution 
of these investigations, which could include penalties, restitution, and/or the adoption of new operational requirements. If the 
Company is unable to resolve its differences with the state attorneys general, it is possible that they may file claims against the 
Company.
In certain legal proceedings, the Company may have recourse to insurance or third-party contractual indemnities to cover 
all or portions of its litigation expenses, judgments, or settlements. The Company records loss contingencies in its financial 
statements only for matters in which losses are probable and can be reasonably estimated. Where a range of loss can be 
reasonably estimated with no best estimate in the range, the Company records the minimum estimated liability. The Company 
continuously assesses the potential liability related to its pending litigation and regulatory matters and revises its estimates when 
additional information becomes available. The Company’s legal costs are recorded to expense as incurred.
As of December 31, 2024, the Company has no material reserves for legal matters. 
Purchase Commitments
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into forward flow purchase agreements. A forward flow purchase 
agreement is a commitment to purchase receivables over a duration that is typically three to twelve months, but can be longer, 
generally with a specifically defined volume range, frequency, and pricing. Typically, these forward flow contracts have 
provisions that allow for early termination or price re-negotiation should the underlying quality of the portfolio deteriorate over 
time or if any particular month’s delivery is materially different than the original portfolio used to price the forward flow 
contract. Certain of these forward flow purchase agreements may also have termination clauses, whereby the agreements can be 
canceled by either party upon providing a certain specified amount of notice. 
Table of Contents
F-32

As of December 31, 2024, the Company had entered into forward flow purchase agreements for the purchase of 
nonperforming loans with an estimated minimum aggregate purchase price of approximately $344.1 million. The Company 
expects actual purchases under these forward flow purchase agreements to be significantly greater than the estimated minimum 
aggregate purchase price. 
Employee Savings and Retirement Plan
The Company has a 401(k) Savings Plan in the U.S. that qualifies as deferred salary arrangements under Section 401(k) of 
the Internal Revenue Code. Under the 401(k) Plan, matching contributions are based upon the amount of the employees’ 
contributions subject to certain limitations. The Company also has defined contribution plans for eligible employees in other 
countries. The Company recognized expense of approximately $8.3 million, $6.8 million, and $2.8 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively, in salaries and employee benefits in its consolidated statements of 
operations.
Guarantees
Encore’s Certificate of Incorporation and indemnification agreements between the Company and its officers and directors 
provide that the Company will indemnify and hold harmless its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences arising 
as a result of the officer or director serving in such capacity. The Company has also agreed to indemnify certain third parties 
under certain circumstances pursuant to the terms of certain underwriting agreements, registration rights agreements, credit 
facilities, portfolio purchase and sale agreements, and other agreements entered into by the Company in the ordinary course of 
business. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these 
indemnification agreements is unlimited. The Company believes the estimated fair value of these indemnification agreements is 
minimal and, as of December 31, 2024, has no liabilities recorded for these agreements.
Note 14: Segment and Geographic Information
The Company conducts business through several operating segments. The accounting policies applied to the segments are 
the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. The Company determined its operating segments 
meet the aggregation criteria, and therefore, it has one reportable segment, debt purchasing and recovery segment, based on 
similarities among the operating units including economic characteristics, the nature of the services, the nature of the production 
process, customer types for their services, the methods used to provide their services and the nature of the regulatory 
environment. The Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker, which is the Company’s chief executive officer, relies on 
internal management reporting processes that provide segment revenues, segment total operating expenses, segment operating 
income, and segment asset information in order to make financial decisions. The measure of segment performance is segment 
operating income. The Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker assesses the segment’s performance and makes decisions 
about the allocation of capital resources to each segment accordingly. Corporate and other unallocated represents corporate 
overhead and other items not allocated to any of the Company’s operating segments. 
The following tables present the results of operations of the Company’s reportable segment for the years ended 
December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31, 2024
 
Debt purchasing and 
recovery segment
Corporate and other 
unallocated
Consolidated
Total revenues
$ 
1,316,361 $ 
— $ 
1,316,361 
Total operating expenses(1)
 
(1,101,055)  
(57,976)  
(1,159,031) 
Operating Income
 
215,306 
 
157,330 
Other segment items(2)
 
(1,000)  
(1,000) 
Interest expenses(3)
 
(252,545)  
(252,545) 
Provision for income taxes
 
(43,029)  
(43,029) 
Net loss
$ 
(139,244) 
_______________________ 
(1)
Certain corporate activities that are not allocated to the debt purchasing and recovery segment are recorded under corporate and other unallocated. 
During the year ended December 31, 2024, such non-allocated operating expenses primarily consisted of salaries and employee benefits of 
approximately $37.8 million for corporate employees and general and administrative expenses of approximately $19.3 million.  
(2)
The other segment items category includes other income, and loss on extinguishment of debt.
(3)
The Company manages its available capital resources at the corporate level. Interest expenses are not allocated to operating segments. 
Table of Contents
F-33

 
Year Ended December 31, 2023
 
Debt purchasing and 
recovery segment
Corporate and other 
unallocated
Consolidated
Total revenue
$ 
1,222,680 $ 
— $ 
1,222,680 
Total operating expenses(1)
 
(1,148,161)  
(57,984)  
(1,206,145) 
Operating Income
 
74,519 
 
16,535 
Other segment items(2)
 
5,078  
5,078 
Interest expenses(3)
 
(201,877)  
(201,877) 
Provision for income taxes
 
(26,228)  
(26,228) 
Net loss
$ 
(206,492) 
________________________ 
(1)
Certain corporate activities that are not allocated to the debt purchasing and recovery segment are recorded under corporate and other unallocated. 
During the year ended December 31, 2023, such non-allocated operating expenses primarily consisted of salaries and employee benefits of 
approximately $33.9 million for corporate employees and general and administrative expenses of approximately $22.9 million.  
(2)
The other segment items category includes other income.
(3)
The Company manages its available capital resources at the corporate level. Interest expenses are not allocated to operating segments.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2022
 
Debt purchasing and 
recovery segment
Corporate and other 
unallocated
Consolidated
Total revenue
$ 
1,398,347 $ 
— $ 
1,398,347 
Total operating expenses(1)
 
(881,957)  
(54,216)  
(936,173) 
Operating Income
 
516,390 
 
462,174 
Other segment items(2)
 
2,123  
2,123 
Interest expenses(3)
 
(153,308)  
(153,308) 
Provision for income taxes
 
(116,425)  
(116,425) 
Net income
$ 
194,564 
________________________ 
(1)
Certain corporate activities that are not allocated to the debt purchasing and recovery segment are recorded under corporate and other unallocated. 
During the year ended December 31, 2022, such non-allocated operating expenses primarily consisted of salaries and employee benefits of 
approximately $32.0 million for corporate employees and general and administrative expenses of approximately $21.3 million.  
(2)
The other segment items category includes other income.
(3)
The Company manages its available capital resources at the corporate level. Interest expenses are not allocated to operating segments.
The following tables present information about geographic areas in which the Company operates (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
Total revenues:
United States
$ 
991,949 $ 
792,443 $ 
995,470 
Europe
United Kingdom
 
232,557  
295,566  
272,962 
Other European countries(1)
 
89,615  
134,301  
129,737 
Total Europe
 
322,172  
429,867  
402,699 
Other geographies(1)
 
2,240  
370  
178 
Total
$ 
1,316,361 $ 
1,222,680 $ 
1,398,347 
________________________ 
(1)
 None of these countries comprise greater than 10% of the Company’s consolidated revenues.
Table of Contents
F-34

 
December 31,
2024
December 31,
2023
Long-lived assets(1):
United States
$ 
60,050 $ 
70,361 
International
United Kingdom
 
44,726  
62,309 
India
 
20,801  
23,108 
Other foreign countries(2)
 
13,109  
15,200 
 
78,636  
100,617 
Total
$ 
138,686 $ 
170,978 
________________________
(1)
Long-lived assets consist of property and equipment, net and right of use assets.
(2)
None of these countries comprise greater than 10% of the Company’s consolidated long-lived assets.
Note 15: Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets
The Company’s goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level annually as of the first day of the fourth 
quarter and in interim periods if certain events occur that indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit may be below its 
carrying value. Determining the number of reporting units and the fair value of a reporting unit requires the Company to make 
judgments and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. 
As of December 31, 2024, the Company had three reporting units, MCM, Cabot, and LAAP, that carried goodwill. The 
goodwill for the LAAP reporting unit was recently acquired in December 2024.
The Company applies various valuation techniques to estimate the fair value of each reporting unit when performing a 
quantitative impairment test, including the income approach and the market approach. Under the income approach, the 
Company uses a discounted cash flow method, or DCF, to estimate the fair value of a reporting unit. In applying the DCF 
method, an identified level of future cash flow is estimated. The cash flow projections are based on five-year financial forecasts 
developed by management that include purchasing volume, collections forecasts, capital spending trends, and cost assumptions 
to support anticipated growth, which are updated annually and reviewed by management. The value of the net cash flows 
beyond the fifth year (the “Terminal Year”) is determined by applying a market multiple to the projected estimated remaining 
collections. Annual estimated cash flows and a Terminal Year value are then discounted to their present value at an appropriate 
discount rate to obtain an indication of fair value. The Company bases the discount rate on the weighted-average cost of capital 
adjusted for the relevant risk associated with business-specific characteristics and the uncertainty related to the reporting unit’s 
ability to execute on the projected cash flows. Because DCF analyses are based on management’s long-term financial 
projections and require significant estimates and judgments, the market approach is conducted in addition to the income 
approach in estimating the fair value of a reporting unit. Under the market approach, the Company uses a Guideline Public 
Company Method and, when data is available, a Guideline Merged & Acquired Company method to estimate the fair value of 
equity and the business enterprise value of a reporting unit. The Guideline Public Company approach uses financial metrics 
from similar publicly traded companies to estimate fair value. The Guideline Merged and Acquired Company method calculates 
fair value by analyzing the actual prices paid for recent mergers and acquisitions in the industry. The fair value estimate of the 
Company’s reporting units was derived primarily from the income approach, and to a lesser extent, the market approach as 
described above. The Company believes that the current methodology used in determining the fair value at its reporting units 
represent its best estimates. In addition, the Company compares the aggregate fair value of the reporting units to its overall 
market capitalization.
The Company chose to proceed directly to performing quantitative tests for both MCM and Cabot reporting units for the 
annual goodwill impairment test on October 1, 2024, which did not result in any impairment charge for either of the two 
reporting units. Subsequent to the annual impairment test on October 1, 2024, management identified goodwill impairment 
triggers in connection with the significant reduction in the estimated future recoveries for the Company’s investment in 
receivable portfolios at Cabot during the fourth quarter of 2024. As a result, management conducted another quantitative test for 
goodwill impairment as of December 31, 2024. This subsequent goodwill impairment analysis resulted in an impairment charge 
for the Cabot reporting unit of $100.6 million. The decline in the fair value of the Cabot reporting unit below its carrying value 
primarily resulted from changes in expected future cash flows as compared to the Company’s previous financial forecasts, and 
to a lesser extent, a decline in market multiples. After recording the goodwill impairment charge, the carrying value of our 
Cabot reporting unit was equal to its fair value as of December 31, 2024. The fair value of the MCM reporting unit substantially 
exceeded its carrying value, as a result, there was no impairment of goodwill for the MCM reporting unit during the year ended 
Table of Contents
F-35

December 31, 2024. The Company also conducted qualitative analysis on the goodwill carried at its LAAP reporting unit and 
concluded that no impairment existed as of December 31, 2024.
The fair value of the Cabot reporting unit approximated its carrying value after recording the goodwill impairment charge. 
Any subsequent significant unfavorable changes could result in the fair value being less than the carrying value at the Cabot 
reporting unit. Management continues to evaluate and monitor all key factors impacting the carrying value of the Company’s 
recorded goodwill. Adverse changes in the Company’s actual or expected operating results, market capitalization, business 
climate, economic factors or other negative events that may be outside the control of management could result in a material 
non-cash impairment charge in the future.
The following table summarizes the activity in the Company’s goodwill balance (in thousands):
MCM
Cabot
LAAP
Total
Balance as of December 31, 2021
$ 
148,936 $ 
748,859 $ 
— $ 
897,795 
Effect of foreign currency translation
 
—  
(76,581)  
—  
(76,581) 
Balance as of December 31, 2022
 
148,936  
672,278  
—  
821,214 
Goodwill impairment
 
—  
(238,200)  
—  
(238,200) 
Effect of foreign currency translation
 
—  
23,461  
—  
23,461 
Balance as of December 31, 2023
 
148,936  
457,539  
—  
606,475 
Goodwill acquired(1)
 
—  
—  
11,268  
11,268 
Goodwill impairment
 
—  
(100,600)  
—  
(100,600) 
Effect of foreign currency translation
 
—  
(9,335)  
—  
(9,335) 
Balance as of December 31, 2024
$ 
148,936 $ 
347,604 $ 
11,268 $ 
507,808 
________________________
(1)
The Company held an investment in Encore Asset Reconstruction Company (“EARC”) in India. In December 2024, the Company paid $11.0 million in 
total considerations and completed a step up acquisition of EARC. As a result, the Company recognized approximately $11.3 million of goodwill, 
which was not deductible for tax purposes. This goodwill balance is included in the Company’s LAAP reporting unit. The assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed resulting from the transaction were immaterial.
The accumulated goodwill impairment loss at the Cabot reporting unit was $338.8 million and $238.2 million as of 
December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. There was no accumulated goodwill impairment loss as of December 31, 2022. 
The Company’s acquired intangible assets only included trade names during the periods presented, the weighted-average 
useful lives of trade names at the time of acquisition were 7 years. The following table summarizes the Company’s acquired 
intangible assets (in thousands):
As of December 31, 2024
As of December 31, 2023
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Carrying
Amount
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Carrying
Amount
Total intangible assets
$ 
918 $ 
(918) $ 
— $ 
918 $ 
(870) $ 
48 
The Company recorded an impairment charge of its intangible assets of $18.7 million, and $4.1 million during the years 
ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The amortization expense for intangible assets subject to amortization was 
$3.6 million and $6.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The amortization expense was 
negligible during the year ended December 31, 2024. The Company had no intangible assets at December 31, 2024.
Table of Contents
F-36